[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025195407A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus

Info

Publication number
WO2025195407A1
WO2025195407A1 PCT/CN2025/083439 CN2025083439W WO2025195407A1 WO 2025195407 A1 WO2025195407 A1 WO 2025195407A1 CN 2025083439 W CN2025083439 W CN 2025083439W WO 2025195407 A1 WO2025195407 A1 WO 2025195407A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network element
channel
reference signal
measurement result
model
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2025/083439
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
田洋
孙琰
柴晓萌
薛松岩
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Publication of WO2025195407A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025195407A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/08Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • Artificial intelligence technology is increasingly being used in wireless communication networks.
  • artificial intelligence technology is used to measure and analyze channels to achieve wireless perception.
  • the training or inference process of artificial intelligence models involves information exchange between multiple network elements. For example, one network element measures a channel and sends the channel estimation results to another network element, which then uses the channel estimation results as input for model training or inference.
  • one network element measures a channel and sends the channel estimation results to another network element, which then uses the channel estimation results as input for model training or inference.
  • the loss of one or more channel estimation results may result in unnecessary waste of transmission resources.
  • the present application provides a communication method and apparatus that can reduce waste of transmission resources.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: a second network element sends M channel reports to a first network element; wherein, the mth channel report among the M channel reports is determined by the second network element based on a first measurement result obtained by measuring an mth reference signal among M reference signals, where M is a positive integer, and m is a positive integer ranging from 1 to M in sequence; when the first measurement result satisfies a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes one or more of the following: the first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; the second measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; channel information obtained based on the mth reference signal; or, when the first measurement result does not meet the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes the first measurement result or the second measurement result.
  • channel information estimated based on the reference signal is transmitted between network elements only when the reference signal measurement result meets the set conditions, which can reduce the waste of transmission resources.
  • the first condition corresponding to the m-th channel report may be preconfigured.
  • the method further includes: a second network element receiving first information from the first network element, where the first information is used to indicate the first condition corresponding to the m-th reference signal. Such a design helps the second network element quickly decide on the content carried in the first channel report based on the first condition, thereby improving communication efficiency.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, comprising: a third network element receiving second information from a first network element, the second information indicating a second condition; and the third network element transmitting the image information to the first network element when the image information collected by the third network element meets the second condition.
  • image transmission between network elements is performed only when the image information meets the set condition, thereby reducing waste of transmission resources.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, comprising: a first network element receiving M channel reports from a second network element; wherein, the mth channel report among the M channel reports is determined by the second network element based on a first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal among the M reference signals, and M is a positive integer, and m is a positive integer ranging from 1 to M in sequence; when the first measurement result satisfies a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes one or more of the following: the first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; the second measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; channel information obtained based on the mth reference signal; or, when the first measurement result does not meet the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes the first measurement result or the second measurement result.
  • channel information estimated based on the reference signal is transmitted between network elements only when the reference signal measurement result meets the set conditions, which can reduce the waste of transmission resources.
  • the method further includes: the first network element sending first information to the second network element, where the first information is used to indicate a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal.
  • the first network element sends first information to the second network element, where the first information is used to indicate a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal.
  • the method further includes: a first network element determining a first perception result based on the M channel reports and a first model; wherein an input to the first model is determined based on the M channel reports, and an output of the first model includes the first perception result.
  • a design utilizes artificial intelligence to analyze and process one or more channel reports, thereby enabling wireless perception.
  • the method further includes: the first network element determining a second perception result based on the first channel report and the second model; and determining a third perception result based on the second channel report and the third model; and fusing the second perception result and the third perception result to obtain a fourth perception result.
  • the input of the second model is determined based on the first channel report, and the output of the second model includes the second perception result; the input of the third model is determined based on the second channel report, and the output of the third model includes the third perception result.
  • This design uses artificial intelligence to jointly analyze multiple channel reports, enabling wireless perception.
  • the method further includes: the first network element sending second information to a third network element, the second information indicating a second condition; and the first network element receiving image information from the third network element, the image information satisfying the second condition.
  • image transmission between network elements is performed only when the image information satisfies the set condition, thereby reducing waste of transmission resources.
  • the method further includes determining a fifth perception result based on the M channel reports, the image information, and a fourth model; wherein an input to the fourth model is determined based on the M channel reports and the image information, and an output of the fourth model includes the fifth perception result.
  • This design utilizes artificial intelligence to jointly analyze at least one channel report and image information, thereby enabling wireless perception.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a second network element, or a device, module, or chip in the second network element, or a device that can be used in combination with the second network element.
  • the communication device may include a module that executes the method/operation/step/action described in the first aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, or software, or a combination of a hardware circuit and software.
  • the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module, and the communication module includes a sending unit and a receiving unit.
  • the processing module may also be replaced by the description of the processing unit.
  • a processing module configured to send M channel reports to a first network element through a communication module; wherein the mth channel report among the M channel reports is determined by the processing module based on a first measurement result obtained by measuring an mth reference signal among M reference signals, where M is a positive integer, and m is a positive integer ranging from 1 to M in sequence; when the first measurement result satisfies a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes one or more of the following: the first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; the second measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; channel information obtained based on the mth reference signal; or, when the first measurement result does not meet the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes the first measurement result or the second measurement result.
  • the first condition corresponding to the mth channel report may be preconfigured.
  • the method further includes: the second network element receiving first information from the first network element, the first information being used to indicate the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a third network element, or a device, module or chip in a third network element, or a device that can be used in combination with a third network element.
  • the communication device may include a module that corresponds one-to-one to the execution of the method/operation/step/action described in the second aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, or software, or a combination of a hardware circuit and software.
  • the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module, and the communication module includes a sending unit and a receiving unit.
  • the processing module may also be replaced by the description of the processing unit.
  • a communication module configured to receive second information from the first network element, where the second information indicates a second condition
  • a processing module is configured to send the image information to the first network element through the communication module when the image information collected by the third network element meets the second condition.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a first network element, or a device, module or chip in the first network element, or a device that can be used in combination with the first network element.
  • the communication device may include a module that corresponds one-to-one to the execution of the method/operation/step/action described in the third aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, or software, or a combination of a hardware circuit and software.
  • the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module, and the communication module includes a sending unit and a receiving unit.
  • the processing module may also be replaced by the description of the processing unit.
  • a communication module is configured to receive M channel reports from a second network element; wherein the mth channel report among the M channel reports is determined by the second network element based on a first measurement result obtained by measuring an mth reference signal among M reference signals, where M is a positive integer and m is a positive integer ranging from 1 to M in sequence; when the first measurement result satisfies a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes one or more of the following: the first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; the second measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; channel information obtained based on the mth reference signal; or, when the first measurement result does not satisfy the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes the first measurement result or the second measurement result.
  • the communication module is also used to send first information to the second network element, where the first information is used to indicate a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal.
  • a processing module is used to determine a first perception result based on the M channel reports and a first model; wherein the input of the first model is determined based on the M channel reports, and the output of the first model includes the first perception result.
  • the processing module is further configured to: determine a second perception result based on the first channel report and the second model; determine a third perception result based on the second channel report and the third model; and fuse the second perception result and the third perception result to obtain a fourth perception result.
  • the input of the second model is determined based on the first channel report, and the output of the second model includes the second perception result; the input of the third model is determined based on the second channel report, and the output of the third model includes the third perception result.
  • the communication module is further used to: send second information to a third network element, where the second information indicates a second condition; and receive image information from the third network element, where the image information meets the second condition.
  • the processing module is further used to determine a fifth perception result based on the M channel reports, the image information and the fourth model; wherein the input of the fourth model is determined based on the M channel reports and the image information, and the output of the fourth model includes the fifth perception result.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, comprising the communication apparatus as described in the fourth and sixth aspects.
  • the communication system may further comprise the communication apparatus as described in the fifth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, comprising an apparatus (such as a second network element) for implementing the method described in the first aspect and an apparatus (such as a first network element) for implementing the method described in the third aspect.
  • the communication system further comprises an apparatus (such as a third network element) for implementing the method described in the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, comprising a processor for implementing the method described in any one of the first to third aspects above.
  • the processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory is used to store instructions and data.
  • the communication device may further include a memory; the communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module, a pin, or other types of communication interfaces.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, comprising a logic circuit and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is used to communicate with a module outside the communication device; the logic circuit is used to execute a computer program so that the communication device executes the method provided in any one of the first to third aspects above.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method provided in any one of the first to third aspects above.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, comprising instructions, which, when executed on a computer, enable the computer to execute the method provided in any one of the first to third aspects above.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which a computer program or instruction is stored.
  • a computer program or instruction is stored.
  • the computer program or instruction is run on a computer, the computer executes the method provided in any one of the first to third aspects above.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, which is used to read a computer program stored in a memory and execute the method provided in any one of the first to third aspects above.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, which includes a processor for supporting a computer device to implement the method provided in any one of the first to third aspects above.
  • the chip system also includes a memory for storing the necessary programs and data for the computer device.
  • the chip system can be composed of a chip, or it can include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • FIG1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system
  • FIG2A is a schematic diagram of a neuron structure
  • FIG2B is a schematic diagram of the layer relationship of a neural network
  • Figure 2C is a schematic diagram of an AI application framework
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of the working mode of wireless sensing
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of another communication system
  • Figures 5A and 5B are schematic diagrams of downlink positioning scenarios
  • Figures 6A and 6B are schematic diagrams of uplink positioning scenarios
  • FIG7 is a flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG9 is a flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 10A to 10C are schematic diagrams of a perception process based on an AI model in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG11 is a flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG12 is a flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG13 is a flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG14 is a schematic diagram of a structure of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG15 is one of the structural diagrams of the communication device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the following at least one (item) involved in this application indicates one (item) or more (items). More than one (item) refers to two (items) or more than two (items).
  • "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist. For example, A and/or B can represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. The character “/” generally indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • first, second, etc. may be used to describe each object in this application, these objects should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish each object from each other.
  • the technical solutions provided in this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as fifth-generation (5G) or new radio (NR) systems, long-term evolution (LTE) systems, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) systems, LTE time division duplex (TDD) systems, wireless local area network (WLAN) systems, satellite communication systems, future communication systems such as sixth-generation (6G) mobile communication systems, or a fusion system of multiple systems.
  • 5G fifth-generation
  • NR new radio
  • LTE long-term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • 6G sixth-generation
  • the technical solutions provided in this application can also be applied to device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), and Internet of Things (IoT) communication systems or other communication systems.
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • M2M machine-
  • a network element in a communication system can send a signal to another network element or receive a signal from another network element.
  • the signal may include information, signaling, or data, etc.
  • the network element can also be replaced by an entity, a network entity, a device, a communication device, a communication module, a node, a communication node, etc.
  • the present application takes the network element as an example for description.
  • the communication system may include at least one terminal device and at least one access network device.
  • the access network device can send a downlink signal to the terminal device, and/or the terminal device can send an uplink signal to the access network device.
  • the multiple terminal devices can also send signals to each other, that is, the signal sending network element and the signal receiving network element can both be terminal devices.
  • FIG. 1 is a simplified schematic diagram of the wireless communication system provided in this application.
  • the wireless communication system includes a wireless access network 100.
  • the wireless access network 100 can be a next-generation (e.g., 6G or higher) wireless access network, or a traditional (e.g., 5G, 4G, 3G, or 2G) wireless access network.
  • One or more terminal devices 120a-120j, collectively referred to as 120
  • the wireless communication system may also include other devices, such as core network devices, wireless relay devices and/or wireless backhaul devices, sensor devices, etc., which are not drawn in Figure 1.
  • the wireless communication system may include multiple network devices (also called access network devices) at the same time, and may also include multiple terminal devices at the same time.
  • a network device can serve one or more terminal devices at the same time.
  • a terminal device can also access one or more network devices at the same time. This application does not limit the number of terminal devices and network devices included in the wireless communication system.
  • the network device may be an entity on the network side for transmitting or receiving signals.
  • the network device may be an access device for a communication device to access the wireless communication system in a wireless manner, such as a base station.
  • Base station can broadly cover various names as follows, or be replaced with the following names, such as: NodeB, evolved NodeB (eNB), next generation NodeB (gNB), access network equipment in open radio access network (O-RAN), relay station, access point, transmitting point (TRP), transmitting point (TP), master station MeNB, secondary station SeNB, multi-standard radio (MSR) node, home base station, network controller, access node, wireless node, access point (AP), transmission node, transceiver node, baseband unit (BBU), remote radio unit (RRU), active antenna unit (AAU), radio head (RRH), central unit (CU), distributed unit (DU), radio unit (RU), centralized unit control plane (CU-CP) node, centralized unit user plane (CU-UP) node, positioning node, etc.
  • the base station can be a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay node, a donor node or the like, or a combination thereof.
  • the network device can also refer to a communication module, a modem or a chip for being arranged in the aforementioned device or apparatus.
  • the network device can also be a mobile switching center and a device to device (Device-to-Device, D2D), vehicle outreach (vehicle-to-everything, V2X), a device that performs the base station function in machine to machine (machine-to-machine, M2M) communications, a network side device in a 6G network, a device that performs the base station function in a future communication system, etc.
  • the network device can support networks with the same or different access technologies. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network device.
  • Network devices can be fixed or mobile.
  • base stations 110a and 110b are stationary and are responsible for wireless transmission and reception in one or more cells from communication device 120.
  • the helicopter or drone 120i shown in Figure 1 can be configured to act as a mobile base station, and one or more cells can move according to the location of the mobile base station 120i.
  • the helicopter or drone (120i) can be configured to act as a communication device communicating with base station 110b.
  • the network device in the embodiments of the present application may be an integrated base station, or may be a base station including a centralized unit (CU) and/or a distributed unit (DU).
  • a base station including both a CU and a DU may also be referred to as a base station with separate CUs and DUs, such as a base station including a gNB-CU and a gNB-DU.
  • the CU may also be separated into a CU control plane (CU-CP) and a CU user plane (CU-UP), such as a base station including a gNB-CU-CP, a gNB-CU-UP, and a gNB-DU.
  • the network device in the embodiments of the present application may be an antenna unit (RU).
  • the network device in the embodiments of the present application may also be an open radio access network (O-RAN) architecture, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific deployment method of the network device.
  • O-RAN open radio access network
  • the network device shown in the embodiments of the present application may be an access network device in the O-RAN, such as a combination of one or more of a CU, DU, or RU, or a module in the access network device.
  • CU may also be referred to as open (O)-CU
  • CU-CP may also be referred to as O-CU-CP
  • CU-UP may also be referred to as O-CU-UP
  • RU may also be referred to as O-RU.
  • the communication device used to implement the above-mentioned access network function can be a base station, or a network device with partial access network functions, or a device capable of supporting the implementation of the access network function, such as a chip system, a hardware circuit, a software module, or a hardware circuit plus a software module.
  • the device can be installed in a base station or used in conjunction with a base station.
  • the communication device used to implement the base station function is described as an example.
  • a terminal device can be an entity on the user side that receives or transmits signals, such as a mobile phone.
  • a terminal device can be used to connect people, objects, and machines.
  • a terminal device can communicate with one or more core networks via network devices.
  • Terminal devices include handheld devices with wireless connectivity, other processing devices connected to a wireless modem, or in-vehicle devices.
  • a terminal device can be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, built into a computer, or in-vehicle.
  • Terminal device 120 can be widely used in various scenarios, such as cellular communications, device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X), end-to-end (P2P), machine-to-machine (M2M), machine-type communications (MTC), the Internet of Things (IoT), virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), industrial control, autonomous driving, telemedicine, smart grids, smart furniture, smart offices, smart wearables, smart transportation, smart cities, drones, robots, remote sensing, passive sensing, positioning, navigation and tracking, autonomous delivery and mobility, and more.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • P2P end-to-end
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • MTC machine-type communications
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • industrial control autonomous driving
  • telemedicine smart grids, smart furniture, smart offices, smart wearables, smart transportation, smart cities, drones,
  • terminal devices 120 include: 3GPP standard user equipment (UE), fixed devices, mobile devices, handheld devices, wearable devices, cellular phones, smart phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, laptops, personal computers, smart books, vehicles, satellites, Global Positioning System (GPS) devices, target tracking devices, drones, helicopters, aircraft, ships, remote control devices, smart home devices, industrial devices, personal communication service (PCS) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), wireless network cameras, tablet computers, PDAs, mobile Internet devices (mobile internet devices), etc.
  • UE 3GPP standard user equipment
  • PCS personal communication service
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDAs personal digital assistants
  • wireless network cameras tablet computers
  • PDAs mobile Internet devices
  • the terminal device 120 may be a wireless device in various scenarios described above or a device used to be provided in a wireless device, such as a communication module, modem, or chip in the aforementioned devices.
  • a terminal device may also be referred to as a terminal, terminal device, user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), or mobile terminal (MT).
  • a terminal device may also be referred to as a terminal, terminal device, user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), or mobile terminal (MT).
  • a terminal device may also be a terminal device in a future wireless communication system.
  • the terminal device can be used in a dedicated network device or a general-purpose device. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form used by the terminal device.
  • a UE can act as a scheduling entity, providing sidelink (SL) signals between UEs in V2X, D2D, or P2P scenarios.
  • SL sidelink
  • a cell phone 120a and a car 120b communicate with each other using sidelink signals.
  • Cell phone 120a and smart home device 120e communicate without relaying the communication signals through base station 110b.
  • the communication device for realizing the functions of the terminal device can be a terminal device, or a device having some of the functions of the above terminal devices, or a device capable of supporting the realization of the functions of the above terminal devices, such as a chip system, which can be installed in the terminal device or used in combination with the terminal device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the communication device for realizing the functions of the terminal device is described as a terminal device or UE as an example.
  • the communication system may further include more terminal devices and more base stations; the communication system may further include other network elements, for example, Figure 1 also illustrates the inclusion of core network equipment 130.
  • the communication system may further include sensing equipment (such as radars, cameras), network management, network elements for implementing artificial intelligence functions, etc.
  • the network management may also be referred to as an operation and maintenance (OAM) network element, or OAM for short.
  • OAM operation and maintenance
  • Operations mainly complete the analysis, prediction, planning, and configuration of daily network and business operations; maintenance mainly involves daily operational activities such as testing and fault management of the network and its services.
  • the network management can detect the network operating status, optimize network connections and performance, improve network operating stability, and reduce network maintenance costs.
  • terminal devices, base stations, or core network devices can be virtualized, that is, implemented by one or more of the proprietary processors or general-purpose processors and the corresponding software modules.
  • the transceiver functions of the interfaces can be implemented by hardware.
  • Core network devices such as the aforementioned OAM, can all be virtualized.
  • one or more functions of the virtualized terminal devices, base stations, or core network devices can be implemented by cloud devices, such as cloud devices in over-the-top (OTT) systems.
  • OTT over-the-top
  • the communication between devices involved in this application includes one or more of the following: communication between a base station and a terminal device, or communication between base stations, such as communication between a macro base station and a micro base station in a wireless backhaul link, or communication between two terminal devices in a side link (SL), or communication between a terminal device and an OAM (network management), a terminal device and a core network device, a base station and a core network device, etc., without limitation.
  • AI artificial intelligence
  • An AI model is a specific implementation of AI technology functionality. It represents the mapping relationship between the model's inputs and outputs.
  • An AI model can be a neural network, linear regression model, decision tree model, support vector machine (SVM), Bayesian network, Q-learning model, or other machine learning (ML) model.
  • SVM support vector machine
  • ML machine learning
  • the AI model is referred to as simply "model.”
  • Neural networks are a specific implementation of AI or machine learning technology. According to the universal approximation theorem, neural networks can theoretically approximate any continuous function, giving them the ability to learn arbitrary mappings.
  • each neuron performs a weighted sum operation on its input values and outputs the operation result through an activation function.
  • the bias for weighted summation of input values according to the weights is, for example, b.
  • the activation function can take many forms.
  • the output of the neuron is:
  • b can be a decimal, an integer (eg, 0, a positive integer, or a negative integer), or a complex number.
  • the activation functions of different neurons in a neural network can be the same or different.
  • DNNs can include feedforward neural networks (FNNs), convolutional neural networks (CNNs), or recurrent neural networks (RNNs).
  • FNNs feedforward neural networks
  • CNNs convolutional neural networks
  • RNNs recurrent neural networks
  • a neural network generally includes multiple layers, each of which may include one or more neurons. Increasing the depth and/or width of a neural network can improve its expressive power, providing more powerful information extraction and abstract modeling capabilities for complex systems.
  • the depth of a neural network can refer to the number of layers it comprises, while the number of neurons in each layer can be referred to as the width of that layer.
  • a neural network includes an input layer and an output layer. The input layer processes input information through neurons and transmits the processing results to the output layer, which then generates the output of the neural network.
  • a neural network includes an input layer, a hidden layer, and an output layer. For example, the FNN illustrated in FIG2B shows a fully connected FNN. Neurons in adjacent layers of the FNN are fully connected.
  • the input layer processes input information through neurons and transmits the processing results to an intermediate hidden layer.
  • the hidden layer calculates the received processing results to obtain a calculation result, which it then transmits to the output layer or an adjacent hidden layer.
  • the output layer ultimately generates the output of the neural network.
  • a neural network can include one hidden layer or multiple hidden layers connected in sequence, without limitation.
  • the training dataset is used to train the model.
  • the training dataset may include the model's input data, or the model's input data and target output data.
  • a training dataset includes one or more training data, which may be input data to the model or the model's target output data.
  • Target output data may also be referred to as labels, output label data, or output label samples.
  • Training datasets are an important part of machine learning. Model training is essentially about learning certain features from the training data so that the model's output data is as close to the target output data as possible, such as minimizing the difference between the model's output data and the target output data.
  • the composition and selection of the training dataset can, to a certain extent, determine the performance of the trained model.
  • a loss function can be defined.
  • the loss function describes the gap or difference between the output value of the model and the target output value. This application does not limit the specific form of the loss function.
  • the training process of the model is to adjust the model parameters of the model so that the value of the loss function is less than the threshold, or the value of the loss function meets the target requirements.
  • the model parameters may include one or more of the following: structural parameters of the model (such as the number of layers and/or weights of the model, etc.).
  • the structural parameters of the neural network include at least one of the following: the number of layers, width, weights of neurons, or parameters in the activation function of neurons of the neural network; input parameters of the model (such as input dimension, number of input ports); output parameters of the model (such as output dimension, number of output ports).
  • the input dimension may refer to the size of an input data.
  • the input data is a sequence
  • the input dimension corresponding to the sequence may indicate the length of the sequence.
  • the number of input ports may refer to the number of input data.
  • the output dimension may refer to the size of an output data.
  • the output dimension corresponding to the sequence may indicate the length of the sequence.
  • the number of output ports may refer to the number of output data.
  • Inference data can be used as input to a trained model for inference, validation, or monitoring of model performance.
  • model inference inputting inference data into the model yields the corresponding output, which is the inference result.
  • the model input data included in the training dataset can also be used as inference data for inference, validation, or monitoring of model performance.
  • the design of an AI model primarily includes a data collection phase (e.g., collecting training data and/or inference data), a model training phase, and a model inference phase. It may further include an inference result application phase. See Figure 2C for an AI application framework.
  • a data collection phase e.g., collecting training data and/or inference data
  • a model training phase e.g., a model training phase
  • an AI model is obtained by analyzing or training the training data provided by the data source.
  • the AI model represents the mapping relationship between the model's input and output. Learning an AI model through model training nodes is equivalent to learning the mapping relationship between the model's input and output using training data.
  • the AI model trained in the model training phase is used to perform inference based on the inference data provided by the data source to obtain an inference result.
  • This phase can also be understood as: inputting inference data into the AI model, and obtaining output data through the AI model, which is the inference result.
  • the inference result may indicate: configuration parameters used (executed) by the execution object, and/or operations performed by the execution object.
  • an AI model can infer one parameter or multiple parameters.
  • the reasoning results are published in the reasoning result application link.
  • the reasoning results can be uniformly planned by the execution (actor) entity.
  • the execution entity can send the reasoning results to one or more execution objects (for example, core network equipment, access network equipment, terminal equipment or network management, etc.) for execution.
  • Wireless sensing primarily achieves functions such as target location and tracking by acquiring information about the surrounding environment or objects.
  • Traditional sensing technologies rely primarily on radio waves, radar, infrared light, and sensors.
  • radar is an electronic device that uses electromagnetic waves to detect targets. Radar transmits electromagnetic waves to illuminate the target and receives the echo, thereby obtaining information such as the distance from the target to the electromagnetic wave emission point, the rate of change of distance (radial velocity), direction, and altitude. Radar technology is currently widely used, for example in airborne, shipborne, and base-based radars for target detection and imaging.
  • Wireless communication systems primarily rely on the propagation of electromagnetic waves in free space to ensure the transmission of communication data.
  • Wireless signals not only transmit data but also sense the environment.
  • Radio waves generated by a transmitter propagate via multiple paths, including direct radiation, reflection, and scattering.
  • the multipath signal formed at the receiver reflects the characteristics of the environment through which the signal has passed.
  • the transmitter and receiver can be the same or different devices.
  • Figure 3 illustrates the devices used as transmitters and receivers in several wireless sensing modes.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a base station self-transmission and self-reception mode, that is, the same base station acts as a signal transmitter and a signal receiver, sending a signal and receiving a signal reflected by a target object.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a collaborative perception mode between base stations, that is, the first base station acts as a signal transmitter and the second base station acts as a signal receiver.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a base station as a signal transmitter and a UE as a signal receiver.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a UE as a signal transmitter and a base station as a signal receiver.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a terminal self-transmission and self-reception mode, that is, the same UE acts as a signal transmitter and a signal receiver, sending a signal and receiving a signal reflected by a target object.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a collaborative perception mode between terminals, that is, the first UE acts as a signal transmitter and the second UE acts as a signal receiver.
  • the aforementioned target object can also be replaced by a description of a perceived object.
  • the aforementioned example reflects the wireless perception related to UE and base station in the communication system.
  • the perception of non-3GPP type sensors such as radars and cameras
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • wireless sensing technology can be specifically applied to the following scenarios: object and intruder detection around smart homes, highways, railways, factories, and critical infrastructure; collision avoidance and trajectory of drones, vehicles, and AGVs; autonomous driving and navigation of cars; public safety search and rescue; rainfall and flood monitoring; and health and motion monitoring.
  • wireless sensing can be divided into three categories based on how it processes wireless sensing measurement data: detection, estimation, and recognition.
  • Detection involves making a binary (or multivariate) judgment on the state of a perceived target based on sensing measurement data. This state typically includes whether the target exists or not, or whether a target-related event has occurred. Examples include intrusion detection, vehicle detection, pedestrian detection, or drone detection.
  • Estimation involves estimating parameters of the perceived target (such as distance, speed, angle, and position) based on sensing measurement data. Estimation performance can be measured using mean squared error.
  • Recognition involves identifying the perceived target based on sensing measurement data. Examples include object type recognition, human activity recognition, and event recognition. This performance can be evaluated using recognition accuracy.
  • perception measurement data can be input into the AI model to output the status, parameters or recognition results of the perceived target.
  • Scenario 2 AI-based terminal positioning
  • a communication system includes, in addition to base stations and terminal devices, core network elements, such as access and mobility management function (AMF) network elements and location management service function (LMF) network elements.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • LMF location management service function
  • the LMF network element is used to estimate the location of the terminal device.
  • the communication system illustrated in Figure 4 may include multiple base stations. These base stations may be of the same standard or of different network standards.
  • Figure 4 illustrates a 5G base station, such as a gNB, and a 4G base station, such as an ng-eNB, that can access the 5G core network.
  • a terminal device (represented by a UE in Figure 4) and the gNB can communicate via the NR-Uu interface, for example, using the NR-Uu interface to transmit positioning-related signaling.
  • the terminal device and the ng-eNB can communicate via the LTE-Uu interface, for example, using the LTE-Uu interface to transmit positioning-related signaling.
  • the gNB and the AMF can communicate via the NG-C interface, and the ng-eNB and the AMF can communicate via the NG-C interface, for example, for transmitting positioning-related signaling.
  • the AMF and the LMF can communicate via the NL1 interface, for example, using the NL1 interface to transmit positioning-related signaling.
  • a model for terminal device positioning is deployed in LMF, and the method of using the model in LMF to determine the position of the terminal device is mainly used in downlink positioning scenarios and uplink positioning scenarios.
  • an AI model for positioning can be deployed in the terminal device, and the terminal device can input the multiple downlink channel responses obtained into the AI model, and the AI model outputs the location information of the terminal device.
  • an AI model for positioning can be deployed in the LMF.
  • the terminal device can report the obtained downlink channel response to the LMF, or the terminal device can extract features from the obtained downlink channel response based on the AI model and report the features based on the downlink channel response to the LMF.
  • the LMF can input the obtained downlink channel response or the features based on the downlink channel response into the AI model for positioning, and the AI model for positioning outputs the location information of the terminal device.
  • Figure 5A illustrates an AI-based downlink positioning scenario, showing that the AI model for positioning is deployed on the LMF side.
  • Multiple base stations namely base station 1, base station 2, and base station 3, send PRSs to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device measures the multiple PRSs to obtain multiple downlink channel responses, namely channel response 1, channel response 2, and channel response 3.
  • the terminal device sends the multiple downlink channel responses to the LMF, which uses the multiple downlink channel responses as input to the AI model for positioning and outputs the location information of the terminal device.
  • FIG5B illustrates another AI-based downlink positioning scenario.
  • the AI model can be deployed on the terminal device and the LMF side.
  • the terminal device measures the PRSs of multiple base stations to obtain multiple downlink channel responses, namely, channel response 1, channel response 2, and channel response 3.
  • the terminal device uses the obtained multiple downlink channel responses as input to the AI model and outputs features based on the multiple downlink channel responses, referred to as multiple channel features, including channel feature 1, channel feature 2, and channel feature 3.
  • the terminal device sends the multiple channel features to the LMF.
  • the LMF uses the multiple downlink channel responses as input to the AI model used for positioning and outputs the terminal device's location information. It will be understood that in the method illustrated in FIG5B , the LMF outputs the terminal device's location.
  • the input information for the AI model in the LMF is the features of the channel response obtained by the terminal device.
  • the AI model of the terminal device described above can be located within the terminal device or in another device that communicates with the terminal device, such as a cloud server.
  • the downlink channel response described above may be optional.
  • the downlink channel response may be a channel impulse response (CIR), a power delay profile (PDP), a channel frequency response (CFR), an angle of arrival (AOA) corresponding to the terminal device, and/or a time of arrival (TOA) corresponding to the terminal device.
  • CIR channel impulse response
  • PDP power delay profile
  • CFR channel frequency response
  • AOA angle of arrival
  • TOA time of arrival
  • the terminal device may send a sounding reference signal (SRS) to the base station or the base station's cell node.
  • the base station or the base station's cell node measures the SRS to obtain an uplink channel response.
  • the base station or the base station's cell node may then report the obtained uplink channel response to a location management function (LMF) network element, which may also be referred to as an LMF.
  • LMF location management function
  • the base station or the base station's cell node may extract features from the obtained uplink channel response based on an AI model and report the features based on the uplink channel response to the LMF.
  • the LMF may then determine the terminal device's location based on the AI model used for positioning and the obtained uplink channel response or the features based on the uplink channel response.
  • an AI-based uplink positioning scenario can be deployed on the LMF side.
  • Multiple base stations namely base station 1, base station 2, and base station 3, respectively send channel responses (i.e., uplink channel responses) to the LMF.
  • the LMF uses the channel responses of multiple base stations as input to the AI model and outputs the location information of the terminal device.
  • FIG6B another AI-based uplink positioning scenario is illustrated.
  • the AI model can be deployed on the base station and LMF sides.
  • Each of the multiple base stations uses the acquired channel response as the input of the AI model based on the AI model and outputs features based on the channel response, referred to as channel features.
  • each of the multiple base stations sends the channel features to the LMF.
  • the LMF uses the channel features of multiple base stations as the input of the AI model for positioning and outputs the location information of the terminal device.
  • the location of the terminal device is output by the LMF, but unlike the method illustrated in FIG6A , the input information of the AI model in the LMF is the channel response.
  • the input information of the AI model in the LMF is the feature of the channel response obtained by the terminal device.
  • the uplink channel response described above may be a channel impulse response (CIR), a power delay profile (PDP), a channel frequency domain response (CFR), an angle of arrival (AOA) corresponding to a base station, and/or a time of arrival (TOA) corresponding to a base station.
  • CIR channel impulse response
  • PDP power delay profile
  • CFR channel frequency domain response
  • AOA angle of arrival
  • TOA time of arrival
  • AI-based positioning is also considered a case of wireless sensing estimation.
  • FIG7 shows a communication method, which mainly includes the following steps.
  • S701 A second network element measures an mth reference signal among M reference signals to obtain one or more measurement results.
  • M is a positive integer, i.e., the value of M is greater than or equal to 1, and m is a positive integer less than or equal to M, such as m sequentially takes integers from 1 to M.
  • the value of M may be indicated by the first network element to the second network element, or the value of M may be determined by the second network element and notified to the first network element, or the value of M may be pre-configured, and this embodiment of the present application is not limited in this regard.
  • a measurement result obtained for a reference signal may include one or more of the following: reference signal received power (RSRP), received signal strength indicator (RSSI), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), and signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio (SINR).
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • RSSI received signal strength indicator
  • RSSRQ reference signal received quality
  • SINR signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio
  • a second network element may obtain two measurement results, namely, a first measurement result and a second measurement result, by measuring the mth reference signal.
  • the first measurement result may be one of RSRP, RSSI, RSRQ, or SINR
  • the second measurement result may be one of RSRP, RSSI, RSRQ, or SINR.
  • the first measurement result is different from the second measurement result.
  • the second network element can receive reference signals from other network elements, and implement the measurement of the channel between the other network elements and the second network element based on the measurement of the reference signals.
  • M is greater than 1
  • the M reference signals can come from one or more other network elements, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • the second network element can also be understood as a network element for measuring channels, and the second network element can also be replaced and described as a channel measurement network element.
  • the second network element can be a sensing network element or a sensing data measurement network element.
  • the second network element receives the reference signal that has passed through the sensed target, and implements the measurement of the channel between the sensed target and the second network element based on the measurement of the reference signal.
  • S702 The second network element sends M channel reports to the first network element.
  • the first network element can also be understood as a network element for analyzing channel measurement results, that is, the first network element can also be replaced by an information processing network element.
  • the second network element can send M channel reports to the first network element via K signaling; wherein K is 1, that is, the second network element can include the M channel reports in one signaling and send the one signaling to the first network element; or, K is M, that is, the second network element sends M signaling to the first network element, each of the M signaling includes one channel report among the M channel reports, and different signalings among the M signalings include different channel reports; or, K is an integer greater than 1 and less than M, then the second network element sends K signaling to the first network element, each of the K signalings includes at least one channel report among the M channel reports, and there is at least one signaling among the K signalings that includes at least two channel reports among the M channel reports.
  • Step S702 may also be understood as: the second network element obtains one or more measurement results by measuring the mth reference signal among the M reference signals, and sends the mth channel report among the M channel reports.
  • a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal can be configured for the first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal.
  • the first condition is used by the second network element to decide the content included in the mth channel report, that is, the second network element can selectively send the mth channel report to the first network element under the constraint of the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal.
  • the first condition can also be replaced by describing it as a first criterion or other names, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • the mth channel report when the first measurement result meets the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, includes one or more of the following: the first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; the second measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; and the channel information obtained based on the mth reference signal.
  • the mth channel report when the first measurement result does not meet the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, includes the first measurement result or the second measurement result.
  • the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal may be defined by the protocol, or the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal may be pre-configured in the second network element, or the first network element may indicate the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal to the second network element.
  • FIG7 illustrates the optional step S700 with a dotted line: the first network element sends first information to the second network element, and the first information indicates the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal. It is understandable that, when executing S700, S700 and S701 are executed simultaneously, or S700 is executed first and then S701, or S701 is executed first and then S700, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal indicates a parameter range that the first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal needs to meet, which is manifested as: if the first measurement result obtained by the second network element measuring the mth reference signal is included in the parameter range, it can be determined that the first measurement result meets the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal; if the first measurement result obtained by the second network element measuring the mth reference signal is not included in the parameter range, it can be determined that the first measurement result does not meet the first condition.
  • the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal indicates a threshold that the first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal needs to reach, which is manifested as: if the first measurement result obtained by the second network element measuring the mth reference signal is greater than or equal to the threshold, it can be determined that the first measurement result meets the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal; if the first measurement result obtained by the second network element measuring the mth reference signal is less than the threshold, it can be determined that the first measurement result does not meet the first condition.
  • the first conditions corresponding to the M reference signals may be the same, that is, when the value of m is different, the first conditions corresponding to the m-th reference signal are the same. Based on this design, the number of first conditions carried in the first information described in S700 is 1.
  • the first conditions corresponding to the M reference signals being the same can be understood as: the parameter ranges corresponding to the M reference signals being the same, that is, when the value of m is different, the range parameter values corresponding to the m-th reference signal being the same; in the example where the first condition indicates a threshold, the first conditions corresponding to the M reference signals being the same can be understood as: the threshold values corresponding to the M reference signals being the same, that is, when the value of m is different, the threshold values corresponding to the m-th reference signal being the same.
  • the first conditions corresponding to the M reference signals may be different, that is, when the value of m is different, the first condition corresponding to the m-th reference signal is different. Based on this design, the number of first conditions carried in the first information described in S700 is M.
  • the different first conditions corresponding to the M reference signals can be understood as: the M reference signals respectively corresponding to different parameter ranges have different values, that is, when the value of m is different, the value of the range parameter corresponding to the m-th reference signal is different; in the example where the first condition indicates a threshold, the different first conditions corresponding to the M reference signals can be understood as: the M reference signals respectively corresponding to different threshold values, that is, when the value of m is different, the value of the threshold corresponding to the m-th reference signal is different.
  • the channel estimation result (ie, channel information) may be transmitted only when the first measurement result satisfies the first condition.
  • Such a design can reduce the waste of transmission resources.
  • the first network element may utilize AI technology to perform wireless sensing based on the received M first channel reports to obtain corresponding sensing results.
  • step S703 may also be executed. It is understood that S703 is indicated as an optional step by a dotted line in FIG7 .
  • the first network element determines a perception result according to the M channel reports and at least one model.
  • the first network element may determine the first perception result based on M channel reports and the first model.
  • the first model is obtained by training based on multiple channel reports and/or data sets related to channel reports received historically, and the first model is used to analyze the corresponding perception results from the input data.
  • the input of the first model is determined based on the M channel reports, and the output of the first model includes the first perception result.
  • the input of the first model may include the information carried in one channel report; for example, when M is greater than 1, the input of the first model may include the information after the information carried by the M channel reports is spliced together; for example, when M is greater than 1, the information carried by the M channel reports may be subjected to the same preprocessing to obtain multiple preprocessed information, and the multiple preprocessed information may be used as the input of the first model.
  • the first network element can determine M perception results based on M channel reports and M models respectively; wherein the M models correspond one-to-one to the M channel reports, and the input of the mth model among the M models is based on the mth model in the M channel reports, and then the M perception results are fused to obtain a final perception result.
  • FIG8 illustrates a communication method, which mainly includes the following steps.
  • a first network element sends first information to a second network element, where the first information is used to indicate a first condition.
  • the definition of the first condition can be understood by referring to the description under S702 above.
  • the first condition can also be defined by the protocol or pre-configured in the second network element.
  • the first network element does not need to send the first information, so S801 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG8 .
  • S802 The second network element sends a first channel report to the first network element according to the first condition.
  • the second network element receives a first reference signal and measures the first reference signal to obtain a first measurement result and a second measurement result; wherein the first condition is configured for the first measurement result, the second network element can determine whether the first measurement result meets the first condition, and determine the information included in the first channel report based on the judgment result.
  • the second network element when the first measurement result of the second network element measuring the first reference signal meets the first condition, the second network element obtains (such as estimating) first channel information based on the first reference signal, and includes one or more of the following in the first channel report: the first measurement result; the second measurement result; the first channel information.
  • the first measurement result includes the SINR corresponding to the first reference signal
  • the second measurement result includes the RSRP, RSSI, or RSRQ corresponding to the first reference signal.
  • the first condition indicates a threshold corresponding to the SINR, such as 10dB.
  • the second network element can determine that the first measurement result meets the first condition, and then estimate the first channel information based on the first reference signal, and carry at least one of the first measurement result (i.e., SINR), the second measurement result (such as RSRP), and the first channel information in the first channel report.
  • SINR the first measurement result
  • the second measurement result such as RSRP
  • the second network element may be a UE, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or an AMF.
  • the first reference signal received by the UE from the base station may be a PRS, a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), or a demodulation reference signal (DMRS).
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the UE measures the PRS and obtains a first measurement result that is the SINR corresponding to the PRS.
  • the SINR corresponding to the PRS is greater than or equal to 10dB, the UE may determine that the first measurement result meets the first condition.
  • the first channel information estimated by the UE based on the PRS may be the downlink channel response described above, and the UE may carry the SINR corresponding to the PRS and the downlink channel response in the first channel report sent to the core network device.
  • the second network element may be a base station, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or an AMF.
  • the first reference signal received by the base station from the UE may be an SRS, and the base station measures the SRS to obtain a first measurement result which is the SINR corresponding to the SRS.
  • the base station may determine that the first measurement result meets the first condition, and the first channel information estimated by the base station based on the SRS may be the uplink channel response described above, and the first channel report that the base station may send to the core network device carries the SINR corresponding to the SRS and the uplink channel response.
  • the second network element may be a second UE, and the first network element may be a base station.
  • the first reference signal received by the second UE from the first UE may be an SL-PRS, and the second UE measures the SL-PRS to obtain a first measurement result as the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS.
  • the second UE may determine that the first measurement result satisfies the first condition, and the second UE may send a first channel report to the base station that carries the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS and the first channel information.
  • the second network element when the first measurement result of the second network element measuring the first reference signal does not meet the first condition, the second network element does not perform the operation of estimating the first channel information based on the first reference signal, and includes the first measurement result or the second measurement result in the first channel report, but does not include the aforementioned first channel information.
  • the first measurement result includes the SINR corresponding to the first reference signal
  • the second measurement result includes the RSRP, RSSI, or RSRQ corresponding to the first reference signal.
  • the first condition indicates a threshold corresponding to the SINR, such as 10 dB. If the SINR corresponding to the first reference signal is less than 10 dB, the second network element can determine that the first measurement result does not meet the first condition, and then carry the first measurement result (i.e., SINR) or the second measurement result (such as RSRP) in the first channel report.
  • SINR the first measurement result
  • the second measurement result such as RSRP
  • the second network element may be a UE, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF.
  • the first reference signal received by the UE from the base station may be a CSI-RS, a DMRS, or a PRS.
  • the UE measures the PRS and obtains a first measurement result that is the SINR corresponding to the PRS. If the SINR corresponding to the PRS is less than 10 dB, the UE may determine that the first measurement result does not meet the first condition, and the UE may then carry only the SINR corresponding to the PRS in the first channel report sent to the core network device.
  • the second network element may be a base station, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF.
  • the first reference signal received by the base station from the UE may be an SRS, and the base station measures the SRS to obtain a first measurement result that is the SINR corresponding to the SRS. If the SINR corresponding to the SRS is less than 10dB, the base station may determine that the first measurement result does not meet the first condition, and the base station may send a first channel report to the core network device that only carries the SINR corresponding to the SRS.
  • the second network element may be a second UE, and the first network element may be a base station.
  • the first reference signal received by the second UE from the first UE may be an SL-PRS, and the second UE measures the SL-PRS to obtain a first measurement result that is the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS.
  • the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS is less than 10dB, the second UE may determine that the first measurement result does not meet the first condition, and then the second UE may send a first channel report to the base station that only carries the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS.
  • the amount of data in the first channel report sent by the channel measurement network element is controlled to be reduced, thereby reducing the waste of transmission resources.
  • the first network element may utilize AI technology to determine the result of wireless sensing based on the received first channel report.
  • step S803 may also be executed. It is understood that step S803 is indicated as an optional step in FIG8 by a dotted line.
  • the first network element determines a first perception result according to the first channel report and the first model.
  • the first model is trained based on multiple channel reports and/or data sets related to channel reports received historically, and the first model is used to analyze the corresponding perception results from the input data.
  • the input of the first model is determined based on the first channel report, and the output of the first model includes the first perception result.
  • the second network element may be a UE
  • the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or an AMF.
  • the SINR corresponding to the PRS sent by the base station to the UE is greater than or equal to 10 dB
  • the first channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the PRS and the first channel information
  • the core network device inputs the SINR corresponding to the PRS and the first channel information into the first model
  • the SINR corresponding to the PRS sent by the base station to the UE is less than 10 dB
  • the first channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the PRS
  • the core network device inputs the SINR corresponding to the PRS into the first model; in these two cases, assuming that the target object of the wireless sensing includes a pedestrian, the first sensing result output by the first model indicates that the target object is a pedestrian, or the first sensing result indicates the state of the
  • the second network element may be a base station
  • the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or an AMF.
  • the first channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the SRS and the first channel information
  • the core network device inputs the SINR corresponding to the SRS and the first channel information into the first model
  • the SINR corresponding to the SRS sent by the UE to the base station is less than 10 dB
  • the first channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the SRS
  • the core network device inputs the SINR corresponding to the SRS into the first model; in these two cases, assuming that the target object of the wireless sensing includes a drone, the first sensing result output by the first model indicates that the target object is a drone, or the first sensing result indicates the state of the
  • the second network element may be the second UE, and the first network element may be the base station.
  • the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS sent by the first UE to the second UE is greater than or equal to 10dB
  • the first channel report received by the base station includes the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS and the first channel information
  • the base station inputs the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS and the first channel information into the first model
  • the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS sent by the first UE to the second UE is less than 10dB
  • the first channel report received by the base station includes the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS
  • the base station inputs the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS into the first model; in these two cases, assuming that the target object of the wireless sensing includes a vehicle, the first sensing result output by the first model indicates that the target object is a vehicle, or the first sensing result
  • the channel information estimated based on the reference signal is not used as the input of the model. This can avoid the impact of low channel estimation accuracy on model performance and help improve model accuracy.
  • Figure 9 illustrates a communication method, in which the first network element can jointly analyze the two channel reports reported by the second network element to obtain the corresponding perception results.
  • the method mainly includes the following steps.
  • a first network element sends first information to a second network element, where the first information indicates a first condition corresponding to a first reference signal and a first condition corresponding to a second reference signal.
  • the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal is configured for a first measurement result obtained by the first network element measuring the first reference signal.
  • the definition of the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal can be specifically understood with reference to the description in S702 and S801, and is not further described in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal is configured for a first measurement result obtained by the first network element measuring the second reference signal.
  • the definition of the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal can be specifically understood with reference to the description in S702 and S801, and is not further described in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal and the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal are the same or different.
  • the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal and the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal are the same, which can be understood as: the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal indicates the first threshold (such as 10dB), and the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal also indicates the first threshold (such as 10dB); the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal and the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal are different, which can be understood as: the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal indicates the first threshold (such as 10dB), and the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal indicates the second threshold (such as 20dB).
  • S902a The second network element sends a first channel report to the first network element according to the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal.
  • the first measurement result obtained by the second network element for measuring the first reference signal is SINR, recorded as SINR1; the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal indicates that the first threshold is 10dB. If SINR1 is greater than or equal to 10dB, the second network element can determine that SINR1 meets the first condition, estimate the channel information based on SINR1, and carry SINR1 and the channel information obtained based on SINR1 in the first channel report. If SINR1 is less than 10dB, the second network element can determine that SINR1 does not meet the first condition, and only carry SINR1 in the first channel report.
  • S902b The second network element sends a second channel report to the first network element according to the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal.
  • the first measurement result obtained by the second network element for measuring the first reference signal is SINR, which is recorded as SINR2; the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal indicates that the second threshold is 20dB.
  • SINR2 is greater than or equal to 20dB
  • the second network element can determine that SINR2 meets the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal, and then estimate the channel information based on SINR2, and carry SINR2 and the channel information obtained based on SINR2 in the second channel report.
  • SINR2 is less than 20dB
  • the second network element can determine that SINR2 does not meet the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal, and then only carry SINR2 in the second channel report.
  • S902a and S902b can be executed at the same time.
  • the second network element can send a second message to the first network element, and the second message includes a first channel report and a second channel report; or S902a can be executed first and then S902b, or S902b can be executed first and then S902a.
  • the first measurement result obtained by the second network element on the first reference signal meets the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal
  • the first channel report includes the first measurement result obtained on the first reference signal and the channel information obtained based on the first reference signal
  • the first measurement result obtained by the second network element on the second reference signal meets the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal
  • the second channel report includes the first measurement result obtained on the second reference signal and the channel information obtained based on the second reference signal.
  • the second network element may be a UE, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF.
  • the UE receives a first reference signal from base station 1, and the UE receives a second reference signal from base station 2.
  • Base station 1 may be a base station belonging to a neighboring cell of the UE.
  • the UE receiving the first reference signal from base station 1 can also be understood as the UE receiving the first reference signal from the neighboring cell.
  • Base station 2 may be a base station belonging to a serving cell of the UE.
  • the UE receiving the second reference signal from base station 1 can also be understood as the UE receiving the second reference signal from the serving cell.
  • the first reference signal and the second reference signal may both be CSI-RS, PRS, or DMRS.
  • the first and second reference signals are CSI-RS
  • the first reference signal is denoted as CSI-RS1
  • the second reference signal is denoted as CSI-RS2.
  • the UE measures CSI-RS1 to obtain the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS1
  • the UE measures CSI-RS2 to obtain the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS2.
  • the UE can carry the SINR and CSI1 corresponding to CSI-RS1 in the first channel report sent to the core network device;
  • the CSI-RS2 is greater than or equal to 20dB, the CSI estimated by the UE based on CSI-RS2 is recorded as CSI2, and then the UE can carry the SINR and CSI2 corresponding to CSI-RS2 in the second channel report sent to the core network device.
  • the first measurement result obtained by the second network element on the first reference signal meets the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal
  • the first channel report includes the first measurement result obtained on the first reference signal and the channel information obtained based on the first reference signal
  • the first measurement result obtained by the second network element on the second reference signal does not meet the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal
  • the second channel report only includes the first measurement result obtained based on the second reference signal.
  • the second network element may be a base station, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF.
  • the base station receives a first reference signal from UE1 and a second reference signal from UE2.
  • the first reference signal and the second reference signal may both be SRSs, denoted as SRS1 and SRS2, respectively.
  • UE1 and UE2 may be UEs within the base station's coverage area. For example, where the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal indicates a first threshold (10 dB), and the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal indicates a second threshold (20 dB), the base station measures SRS1 to obtain the SINR corresponding to SRS1.
  • the base station may estimate channel information (such as an uplink channel response) based on SRS1.
  • the base station may then send a first channel report to the core network device that carries the SINR corresponding to SRS1 and the uplink channel response.
  • the base station measures SRS2 to obtain the SINR corresponding to SRS2. If the SINR corresponding to SRS2 is less than 20 dB, the base station may send a second channel report to the core network device that carries only the SINR corresponding to SRS2.
  • the first measurement result obtained by the second network element for measuring the first reference signal does not meet the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal, and the first channel report only includes the first measurement result obtained for measuring the first reference signal; and the first measurement result obtained by the second network element for measuring the second reference signal meets the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal, and the second channel report includes the first measurement result obtained for measuring the second reference signal and the channel information obtained based on the second reference signal.
  • the second network element may be a UE, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF.
  • the UE receives a first reference signal from base station 1, and the UE receives a second reference signal from base station 2.
  • Base station 1 may be a base station belonging to a neighboring cell of the UE.
  • the UE receiving the first reference signal from base station 1 can also be understood as the UE receiving the first reference signal from the neighboring cell.
  • Base station 2 may be a base station belonging to a serving cell of the UE.
  • the UE receiving the second reference signal from base station 1 can also be understood as the UE receiving the second reference signal from the serving cell.
  • the first reference signal and the second reference signal may both be CSI-RS, PRS, or DMRS.
  • the first and second reference signals are CSI-RS
  • the first reference signal is denoted as CSI-RS1
  • the second reference signal is denoted as CSI-RS2.
  • the UE measures CSI-RS1 to obtain a first measurement result, which is the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS1.
  • the UE measures CSI-RS2 to obtain a second measurement result, which is CSI-RS2.
  • the UE when CSI-RS1 is less than 10dB, the UE can only carry the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS1 in the first channel report sent to the core network device; when CSI-RS2 is greater than or equal to 20dB, the UE estimates the CSI based on CSI-RS2 (denoted as CSI2), and then the UE can carry the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS2 and CSI2 in the second channel report sent to the core network device.
  • CSI-RS2 when CSI-RS2 is greater than or equal to 20dB, the UE estimates the CSI based on CSI-RS2 (denoted as CSI2), and then the UE can carry the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS2 and CSI2 in the second channel report sent to the core network device.
  • the first measurement result obtained by the second network element for measuring the first reference signal does not meet the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal
  • the first channel report includes the first measurement result obtained for measuring the first reference signal
  • the first measurement result obtained by the second network element for measuring the second reference signal does not meet the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal
  • the second channel report includes the first measurement result obtained based on the second reference signal.
  • the second network element may be a base station, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF.
  • the base station receives a first reference signal from UE1 and a second reference signal from UE2.
  • the first reference signal and the second reference signal may both be SRSs, denoted as SRS1 and SRS2, respectively.
  • UE1 and UE2 may be UEs within the base station's coverage area. For example, if the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal indicates a first threshold (10 dB), and the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal indicates a second threshold (20 dB), the base station measures SRS1 to obtain the SINR corresponding to SRS1.
  • the base station may send a first channel report to the core network device containing only the SINR corresponding to SRS1.
  • the base station measures SRS2 to obtain the SINR corresponding to SRS2. If the SINR corresponding to SRS2 is less than 20 dB, the base station may send a second channel report to the core network device containing only the SINR corresponding to SRS2.
  • the first network element may utilize AI technology to determine the wireless sensing result based on the received first channel report and second channel report.
  • step S903 may also be executed.
  • steps S904 to S906 may also be executed. It will be appreciated that S903 and S904 to S906 are indicated as optional steps by dashed lines in Figure 9.
  • the first network element determines a first perception result according to the first channel report, the second channel report and the first model.
  • This step can be understood with reference to the description in S803 , where the input of the first model is determined based on the first channel report and the second channel report, and the output of the first model includes the first perception result.
  • the information carried in the first channel report and the information carried in the second channel report can be spliced together as input to the first model.
  • Figure 10A illustrates that the first channel report includes the measurement result of the first reference signal and the first channel information.
  • the measurement result of the first reference signal includes at least one measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal, and the first channel information is channel information obtained based on the first reference signal; the second channel report only includes the measurement result of the second reference signal.
  • the measurement result of the second reference signal includes at least one measurement result obtained by measuring the second reference signal.
  • the first network element can splice the measurement result of the first reference signal, the first channel information, and the measurement result of the second reference signal together and input them into the first model.
  • the output of the first model is the first perception result.
  • the second network element may be a UE, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF. If the SINR corresponding to the CSI-RS1 sent by base station 1 to the UE is greater than or equal to 10 dB, and the SINR corresponding to the CSI-RS2 sent by the base station to UE2 is greater than or equal to 20 dB, then the first channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS1 and CSI1, and the second channel report includes the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS2 and CSI2.
  • the input of the first model includes the concatenation of the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS1, CSI1, and the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS2 and CSI2.
  • the target object of the wireless sensing includes a pedestrian
  • the first sensing result output by the first model indicates that the target object is a pedestrian
  • the first sensing result indicates the state of the pedestrian, such as being stationary, walking, running, or fallen.
  • the information carried in the first channel report and the information carried in the second channel report can be uniformly preprocessed and then input into the first model.
  • Figure 10B illustrates that the first channel report only includes the measurement results of the first reference signal, and the measurement results of the first reference signal include at least one measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal.
  • the second channel report includes the measurement results of the second reference signal and second channel information; wherein the measurement results of the second reference signal include at least one measurement result obtained by measuring the second reference signal, and the second channel information is channel information obtained based on the second reference signal.
  • the first network element preprocesses the measurement results of the first reference signal to obtain first preprocessed information, and preprocesses the measurement results of the second reference signal and the second channel information to obtain second preprocessed information.
  • the first network element then inputs the first preprocessed information and the second preprocessed information into the first model, and the output of the first model is the first perception result.
  • the aforementioned information preprocessing can be based on AI or non-AI information preprocessing, and this is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the second network element may be a base station
  • the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF.
  • the base station measures SRS1 from UE1 and obtains a SINR corresponding to SRS1 greater than or equal to 10dB
  • the core network device's first channel report carries the SINR corresponding to SRS1 and the uplink channel response
  • the second channel report carries the SINR corresponding to SRS2.
  • the core network device can pre-process the SINR corresponding to SRS1 and the uplink channel response to obtain first pre-processing information, and pre-process the SINR corresponding to SRS2 to obtain second pre-processing information; and then input the first pre-processing information and the second pre-processing information into the first model.
  • the target object of wireless perception includes a drone
  • a possible result is: the first perception result output by the first model indicates that the target object is a drone, or the first perception result indicates the state of the drone, such as stationary or flying, or the first perception result indicates the flight parameters of the drone between the base station and the UE, such as flight speed or flight altitude.
  • the first network element determines a second perception result according to the first channel report and the second model.
  • the input of the second model is determined based on the first channel report, and the output of the second model includes the second perception result.
  • the first network element determines a third perception result based on the second channel report and the third model.
  • the input of the third model is determined based on the second channel report, and the output of the third model includes the third perception result.
  • S906 The first network element fuses the second perception result and the third perception result to obtain a fourth perception result.
  • the second sensing result indicates that the target object is a pedestrian
  • the third sensing result indicates that the pedestrian is in a fallen state.
  • the fourth sensing result obtained by fusing the second sensing result and the third sensing result indicates that a pedestrian fall is detected.
  • the second sensing result indicates that the target object is a drone
  • the third sensing result also indicates a drone.
  • the fourth sensing result obtained by fusing the second sensing result and the third sensing result indicates that a drone is detected.
  • the second perception result indicates that the target object is a vehicle
  • the third perception result also indicates the vehicle's driving speed.
  • the fourth perception result obtained by fusing the second perception result and the third perception result indicates that the vehicle is detected traveling at a certain speed.
  • FIG10C illustrates that the measurement result of the first reference signal included in the first channel report from the second network element is input into the second model to obtain a second perception result, and the measurement result of the second reference signal and the second channel information included in the second channel report from the third network element are input into the third model to obtain a third perception result; and then the second perception result and the third perception result are fused to obtain a fourth perception result.
  • the definitions of the measurement result of the first reference signal, the measurement result of the second reference signal, and the second channel information can be understood with reference to the description in FIG10B.
  • the aforementioned fusion of the perception results can be based on an AI preprocessing method or a non-AI information preprocessing method, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the solution illustrated in FIG9 takes a channel measurement network element reporting two channel reports as an example, and describes a solution in which the information processing network element uses AI technology to jointly process the two channel reports.
  • AI technology can also be used to jointly process more than two channel reports reported by the channel measurement network element.
  • the channel measurement network element is a terminal device
  • the information processing network element is an LMF.
  • the LMF can configure at least one condition corresponding to the channel measurement to the terminal device; the terminal device measures the reference signal (such as PRS) sent by base station 1, base station 2, and base station 3 respectively, and determines the channel report according to the at least one condition.
  • the at least one condition includes condition 1, condition 2, and condition 3, where condition 1 is used to constrain (or measure) the measurement result of the PRS from base station 1, condition 2 is used to constrain the measurement result of the PRS from base station 2, and condition 3 is used to constrain the measurement result of the PRS from base station 3.
  • the PRSs of base stations 1 to 3 are denoted as PRS1, PRS2, and PRS3, respectively. If the measurement result of PRS1 satisfies condition 1, the terminal device carries the measurement result of PRS1 and channel response 1 estimated based on PRS1 in channel report 1. Alternatively, if the measurement result of PRS1 does not satisfy condition 1, the terminal device carries only the measurement result of PRS1 in channel report 1.
  • the terminal device If the measurement result of PRS2 satisfies condition 2, the terminal device carries the measurement result of PRS2 and channel response 2 estimated based on PRS2 in channel report 2. Alternatively, if the measurement result of PRS2 does not satisfy condition 2, the terminal device carries only the measurement result of PRS2 in channel report 2. If the measurement result of PRS3 satisfies condition 3, the terminal device carries the measurement result of PRS3 and channel response 3 estimated based on PRS3 in channel report 3. Alternatively, if the measurement result of PRS3 does not satisfy condition 3, the terminal device carries only the measurement result of PRS3 in channel report 3. Furthermore, LMF can use AI technology to jointly process channel reports 1 to 3 reported by the terminal device. For example, according to the method described in S903, LMF can determine the corresponding perception results, that is, the location information of the terminal device, based on channel report 1, channel report 2, channel report 3 and the AI model.
  • multiple conditions corresponding to channel measurement are indicated for the same channel measurement network element respectively, and the amount of data when the channel measurement network element reports multiple channel reports is controlled and reduced, thereby reducing the waste of transmission resources.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication method that can reduce transmission resource waste in sensor devices.
  • This communication method uses a third network element representing a sensor device such as a radar or camera, and the interaction between the third network element and the first network element as an example for detailed description.
  • a first network element sends second information to a third network element, where the second information indicates a second condition.
  • the second condition may indicate a condition that the image information needs to meet.
  • the second condition indicates an image difference threshold.
  • the third network element can determine that the currently collected image information meets the second condition; or, when the difference between the image information currently collected by the third network element and the image information collected last time is less than the image difference threshold, the third network element can determine that the currently collected image information does not meet the second condition.
  • the relative rate of change is used to represent the difference between images
  • the image difference threshold can be a ratio threshold (such as 50%).
  • the difference between the image information currently collected by the third network element and the image information collected last time can also be replaced by: the ratio of the difference between the image information currently collected by the third network element and the image information collected last time to the image information collected last time.
  • the ratio is greater than or equal to the ratio threshold (such as 50%)
  • the third network element can determine that the currently collected image information meets the second condition; or when the third network element determines that the ratio is less than the ratio threshold (such as 50%), the third network element can determine that the currently collected image information does not meet the second condition.
  • the second condition indicates an image difference range.
  • the third network element can determine that the currently collected image information meets the second condition; or, when the difference between the image information currently collected by the third network element and the image information collected last time is not included in the image difference range, the third network element can determine that the currently collected image information does not meet the second condition.
  • the relative rate of change is used to represent the difference between images
  • the image difference range can be a ratio range (such as 60% to 100%).
  • the difference between the image information currently collected by the third network element and the image information collected last time can also be replaced by the description as: the ratio of the difference between the image information currently collected by the third network element and the image information collected last time to the image information collected last time.
  • the ratio is included in the ratio range (such as 60% to 100%)
  • the third network element can determine that the currently collected image information meets the second condition; or the third network element can determine that the currently collected image information does not meet the second condition when it is determined that the ratio is not included in the ratio range (such as 60% to 100%).
  • the third network element may, according to the above implementation manner, execute the following step S1102 when it is determined that the previously collected image information meets the second condition.
  • the second network element sends image information to the first network element.
  • the image information sent by the second network element is the currently collected image information described in S1101, and the currently collected image information meets the second condition.
  • embodiments of the present application further provide a communication method that supports an information processing network element in performing a joint analysis of at least one channel report reported by a channel measurement network element (i.e., a second network element) and image information reported by a sensing device (a third network element) to obtain corresponding perception results.
  • a channel measurement network element i.e., a second network element
  • image information reported by a sensing device a third network element
  • Figure 12 illustrates a communication method that primarily includes the following steps.
  • the first network element sends first information to the second network element, where the first information is used to indicate a first condition.
  • the first condition in this step can be understood by referring to the description in S702 and S801, and will not be elaborated in detail in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first network element sends second information to the third network element, where the second information is used to indicate a second condition.
  • the second condition in this step can be understood by referring to the description in S1101, and will not be elaborated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • S1201a and S1201b can be executed at the same time; or S1201a can be executed first and then S1201b, or S1201b can be executed first and then S1201a.
  • S1202a The second network element sends a first channel report to the first network element.
  • S1202b The third network element sends image information to the first network element.
  • the image information sent by the second network element is the currently collected image information, and the currently collected image information meets the second condition. That is, the second network element sends the image information when the currently collected image information meets the second condition.
  • S1202a and S1202b can be executed at the same time; or S1202a can be executed first and then S1202b, or S1202b can be executed first and then S1202a.
  • the first network element may use AI technology to determine the result of wireless sensing based on the received first channel report and image information. For example, in one possible implementation, after executing S1202a and S1202b, step S1203 may also be executed.
  • the first network element determines a fifth perception result based on the first channel report, the image information, and the fourth model.
  • the input of the fourth model is determined based on the first channel report and the image information, and the output of the fourth model includes the fifth perception result.
  • the first network element concatenates the information included in the first channel report with the image information and inputs them into the fourth model, and the fourth model outputs the fifth perception result.
  • the first network element preprocesses the first channel report to obtain first preprocessed information and preprocesses the image to obtain third preprocessed information; then, the first and third preprocessed information are input into the fourth model, and the fourth model outputs the fifth perception result.
  • the present application also provides a communication method that supports an information processing network element in jointly analyzing channel reports reported by multiple channel measurement network elements to obtain corresponding perception results.
  • Figure 13 illustrates another communication method, using the example of a first network element (an information processing network element) jointly analyzing channel reports reported by two channel measurement network elements (e.g., a second network element and a fourth network element) to obtain corresponding perception results. This method primarily includes the following steps.
  • the first network element sends first information to the second network element, where the first information is used to indicate a first condition.
  • the first network element sends third information to the fourth network element, where the third information is used to indicate a third condition.
  • the definition of the third condition can be understood by referring to the definition of the first condition in S801, and will not be elaborated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the third condition may be the same as or different from the first condition.
  • the third condition being the same as the first condition may be understood as: the parameter range in the third condition is different from the parameter range in the first condition, or the third threshold in the third condition is the same as the first threshold in the first condition.
  • the third condition being different from the first condition may be understood as: the parameter range in the third condition is different from the parameter range in the first condition, or the third threshold in the third condition is different from the first threshold in the first condition.
  • S1301a and S1301b can be executed simultaneously, or S1301a can be executed first and then S1301b, or S1301b can be executed first and then S1301a. After executing S1301a and S1301b, S1302a and S1302b are further executed.
  • S1302a The second network element sends a first channel report to the first network element according to the first condition.
  • the first threshold value for SINR is configured as 10 dB.
  • the first network element determines that the first channel report includes one or more of the following: the SINR measured for the first reference signal; other measurement results (such as RSRP, RSSI, or RSRQ) measured for the first reference signal; and channel information obtained based on the first reference signal.
  • the SINR measured by the first network element for the first reference signal is less than 10 dB, the first network element determines that the first channel report includes one or more of the following: the SINR measured for the first reference signal or other measurement results (such as RSRP, RSSI, or RSRQ) measured for the first reference signal.
  • S1302b The second network element sends a third channel report to the first network element according to the third condition.
  • the third threshold value for SINR is configured as 20 dB.
  • the first network element determines that the first channel report includes one or more of the following: the SINR measured for the third reference signal; other measurement results (such as RSRP, RSSI, or RSRQ) measured for the third reference signal; and channel information obtained based on the third reference signal.
  • the SINR measured by the first network element for the third reference signal is less than 10 dB, the first network element determines that the first channel report includes one or more of the following: the SINR measured for the third reference signal or other measurement results (such as RSRP, RSSI, or RSRQ) measured for the third reference signal.
  • the first network element may utilize AI technology to determine the wireless sensing result based on the received first channel report and third channel report.
  • step S1303 may also be executed.
  • steps S1304 to S1306 may also be executed. It is understood that S1303 and S1304 to S1306 are indicated as optional steps by dashed lines in Figure 13.
  • the first network element determines a sixth perception result based on the first channel report, the third channel report and the fifth model.
  • the input of the fifth model is determined based on the first channel report and the third channel report, and the output of the fifth model includes the sixth perception result.
  • the information carried in the first channel report and the information carried in the third channel report can be spliced together and used as input to the fifth model. Similar to the design illustrated in FIG10A , if the first channel report from the second network element includes the measurement result of the first reference signal and the first channel information, and the third channel report from the fourth network element includes the measurement result of the third reference signal, the measurement result of the first reference signal, the first channel information, and the measurement result of the third reference signal can be spliced together and input to the fifth model, and the output of the fifth model is the sixth perception result.
  • the second network element and the fourth network element can both be UEs.
  • the second network element is denoted as UE1 and the fourth network element is denoted as UE2.
  • the first network element can be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF.
  • the first channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the PRS (denoted as UE1-SINR) and the first channel information (denoted as UE1-H), and the third channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the PRS, denoted as UE2-SINR.
  • the input of the fifth model includes the concatenated information of UE1-SINR, UE1-H and UE2-SINR.
  • the sixth sensing result output by the fifth model indicates that the target object is a pedestrian, or the sixth sensing result indicates the state of the pedestrian, such as stationary, walking, running or falling.
  • the information carried in the first channel report and the information carried in the third channel report can be uniformly preprocessed and then input into the fifth model. Similar to the design shown in Figure 10B, the measurement result of the first reference signal included in the first channel report from the second network element is preprocessed to obtain first preprocessed information, and the measurement result of the third reference signal and the third channel information included in the third channel report from the fourth network element are preprocessed to obtain third preprocessed information, and then the first preprocessed information and the third preprocessed information are input into the fifth model, and the output of the fifth model is the sixth perception result.
  • the aforementioned preprocessing of the information can be an AI-based preprocessing method or a non-AI information preprocessing method, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the second network element and the fourth network element can both be base stations.
  • the second network element is denoted as base station 1
  • the fourth network element is denoted as base station 2
  • the first network element can be a core network device such as SMF or AMF.
  • the core network device receives the first channel report from base station 1 including the SINR corresponding to the SRS (denoted as TRP1-SINR), and the core network device receives the third channel report from base station 2 including the SINR corresponding to the SRS (denoted as TRP3-SINR) and the third channel information (denoted as TRP3-H).
  • the core network device can preprocess TRP1-SINR to obtain first preprocessing information, and preprocess TRP3-SINR and TRP3-H to obtain third preprocessing information; and then input the first preprocessing information and the third preprocessing information into the fifth model.
  • the target object of wireless perception includes a drone
  • the sixth perception result output by the fifth model indicates that the target object is a drone
  • the fifth perception result indicates the state of the drone, such as stationary or flying
  • the sixth perception result indicates the flight parameters of the drone between the base station and the UE, such as flight speed or flight altitude.
  • the first network element determines a second perception result according to the first channel report and the second model.
  • This step can be implemented with reference to the description in S803, and will not be described in detail in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first network element determines a seventh perception result based on the third channel report and the sixth model.
  • the input of the sixth model is determined based on the third channel report, and the output of the sixth model includes the seventh perception result.
  • the fourth network element may be a UE, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or an AMF.
  • the third channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the PRS and the third channel information, and the core network device inputs the SINR corresponding to the PRS and the third channel information into the sixth model;
  • the third channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the PRS, and the core network device inputs the SINR corresponding to the PRS into the sixth model; in these two cases, assuming that the target object of the wireless sensing includes a pedestrian, the seventh sensing result output by the sixth model indicates that the target object is a pedestrian, or the seventh sensing
  • the fourth network element may be a base station, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or an AMF.
  • the third channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the SRS and the third channel information, and the core network device inputs the SINR corresponding to the SRS and the third channel information into the sixth model;
  • the third channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the SRS, and the core network device inputs the SINR corresponding to the SRS into the sixth model; in these two cases, assuming that the target object of the wireless sensing includes a drone, the seventh sensing result output by the sixth model indicates that the target object is a drone, or the seventh sensing
  • the fourth network element may be the second UE, and the first network element may be the base station.
  • the third channel report received by the base station includes the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS and the third channel information, and the base station inputs the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS and the third channel information into the sixth model;
  • the third channel report received by the base station includes the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS, and the base station inputs the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS into the sixth model; in these two cases, assuming that the target object of the wireless sensing includes a vehicle, the seventh sensing result output by the sixth model indicates that the target object is a vehicle,
  • the second perception result indicates that the target object is a pedestrian
  • the seventh perception result indicates that the pedestrian is in a fallen state.
  • the seventh perception result obtained by fusing the second perception result and the seventh perception result indicates that a pedestrian is detected to have fallen.
  • the second perception result indicates that the target object is a drone
  • the seventh perception result also indicates a drone.
  • the seventh perception result obtained by fusing the second perception result and the seventh perception result indicates that a drone is detected.
  • the second perception result indicates that the target object is a vehicle
  • the seventh perception result also indicates the vehicle's driving speed.
  • the seventh perception result obtained by fusing the second perception result and the seventh perception result indicates that the vehicle is detected traveling at a certain speed.
  • the measurement result of the first reference signal included in the first channel report from the second network element is input into the second model to obtain a second perception result
  • the measurement result of the third reference signal and the third channel information included in the third channel report from the fourth network element are input into the fifth model to obtain a sixth perception result.
  • the second perception result and the sixth perception result are then fused to obtain a seventh perception result.
  • the aforementioned fusion of the perception results may be performed using either an AI-based preprocessing method or a non-AI information preprocessing method, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the solution illustrated in FIG13 takes two channel measurement network elements as an example, and describes a solution in which the information processing network element uses AI technology to jointly process the channel reports of the two channel measurement network elements.
  • AI technology can also be used to jointly process the channel reports of more than two channel measurement network elements.
  • the channel measurement network element is base station 1, base station 2, or base station 3, and the information processing network element is LMF.
  • LMF can configure channel measurement conditions for base stations 1 to 3 respectively, and the conditions corresponding to different base stations can be the same or different; furthermore, base station 1, base station 2, and base station 3 respectively measure the reference signal (such as SRS) sent by the terminal device and determine the channel report according to their respective corresponding conditions.
  • base station 1, base station 2, and base station 3 respectively measure the reference signal (such as SRS) sent by the terminal device and determine the channel report according to their respective corresponding conditions. For example, when the signal measurement result of base station 1 does not meet the corresponding condition, only the signal measurement result is included in the channel report; when the signal measurement result of base station 2 meets the corresponding condition, the signal measurement result and the channel information estimated based on the reference signal are included in the channel report; when the signal measurement result of base station 3 meets the corresponding condition, the signal measurement result and the channel information estimated based on the reference signal are included in the channel report.
  • SRS reference signal
  • LMF can use AI technology to jointly process the channel reports reported by base stations 1 to 3. For example, according to the method described in S1303, LMF can determine the corresponding perception results, that is, the location information of the terminal device, based on the channel report reported by base station 1, the channel report reported by base station 2, the channel report reported by base station 3 and the AI model.
  • the conditions corresponding to the channel measurements are respectively indicated to the multiple channel measurement network elements, and the amount of data of the channel reports sent by the multiple channel measurement network elements is controlled to be reduced, thereby reducing the waste of transmission resources.
  • the solutions described in FIG. 12 and FIG. 13 may be implemented in combination.
  • the first network element may jointly analyze the channel report from the second network element, the image information from the third network element, and the channel report from the fourth network element to obtain a corresponding perception result.
  • This embodiment of the present application is not limited in this regard.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 1400, which includes a processing module 1401 and a communication module 1402.
  • the communication device 1400 may be a first network element, or a communication device applied to or used in conjunction with the first network element, capable of implementing a communication method executed on the first network element side; or the communication device 1400 may be a second network element, or a communication device applied to or used in conjunction with the second network element, capable of implementing a communication method executed on the second network element side; or the communication device 1400 may be a third network element, or a communication device applied to or used in conjunction with the third network element, capable of implementing a communication method executed on the third network element side; or the communication device 1400 may be a fourth network element, or a communication device applied to or used in conjunction with the fourth network element, capable of implementing a communication method executed on the fourth network element side.
  • the communication module may also be referred to as a transceiver module, transceiver, transceiver, or transceiver device.
  • the processing module may also be referred to as a processor, processing board, processing unit, or processing device.
  • the communication module is used to perform the sending and receiving operations on the LMF side or the first device side in the above method.
  • the device in the communication module that implements the receiving function may be considered a receiving unit, and the device in the communication module that implements the sending function may be considered a sending unit. That is, the communication module includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the processing module 1401 When the communication device 1400 is applied to a first network element, the processing module 1401 may be used to implement the processing functions of the first network element in any of the embodiments shown in Figures 7 to 9 and 11 to 13, and the communication module 1402 may be used to implement the transceiver functions of the first network element in any of the embodiments shown in Figures 7 to 9 and 11 to 13.
  • the processing module 1401 When the communication device 1400 is applied to a second network element, the processing module 1401 may be used to implement the processing functions of the second network element in the embodiments shown in Figures 7 to 9, 12, or 13, and the communication module 1402 may be used to implement the transceiver functions of the second network element in the embodiments shown in Figures 7 to 9, 12, or 13.
  • the processing module 1401 may be used to implement the processing functions of the third network element in the embodiments shown in Figures 11 or 12, and the communication module 1402 may be used to implement the transceiver functions of the third network element in the embodiments shown in Figures 11 or 12.
  • the aforementioned communication module and/or processing module can be implemented through virtual modules, for example, the processing module can be implemented through a software functional unit or a virtual device, and the communication module can be implemented through a software function or a virtual device.
  • the processing module or the communication module can also be implemented through a physical device, for example, if the device is implemented using a chip/chip circuit, the communication module can be an input/output circuit and/or a communication interface, performing input operations (corresponding to the aforementioned receiving operations) and output operations (corresponding to the aforementioned sending operations); the processing module is an integrated processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit.
  • the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative and is merely a logical functional division. In actual implementation, other division methods may be used. Furthermore, the functional modules in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into a single processor, or may exist physically separately, or two or more modules may be integrated into a single module. The aforementioned integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1500.
  • the communication device 1500 can be a chip or a chip system.
  • the chip system can be composed of a chip, or can include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the communication device 1500 can be used to implement the functions of any network element in the communication system described in the aforementioned embodiments.
  • the communication device 1500 may include at least one processor 1510, which is coupled to a memory.
  • the memory may be located within the device, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be located outside the device.
  • the communication device 1500 may also include at least one memory 1520.
  • the memory 1520 stores the necessary computer programs, computer programs or instructions and/or data for implementing any of the aforementioned embodiments; the processor 1510 may execute the computer program stored in the memory 1520 to complete the method in any of the aforementioned embodiments.
  • the communication device 1500 may also include a communication interface 1530, through which the communication device 1500 can exchange information with other devices.
  • the communication interface 1530 may be a transceiver, circuit, bus, module, pin, or other type of communication interface.
  • the communication interface 1530 in the device 1500 may also be an input-output circuit that can input information (or receive information) and output information (or send information).
  • the processor is an integrated processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit or logic circuit, and the processor can determine output information based on input information.
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units, or modules, which can be electrical, mechanical, or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units, or modules.
  • the processor 1510 may operate in conjunction with the memory 1520 and the communication interface 1530.
  • the specific connection medium between the processor 1510, memory 1520, and communication interface 1530 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the bus 1540 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus.
  • PCI peripheral component interconnect
  • EISA extended industry standard architecture
  • the bus may be classified as an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, or the like.
  • FIG. 15 shows only one thick line, but this does not imply that there is only one bus or only one type of bus.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, and may implement or execute the methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor. The steps of the methods disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented as being executed by a hardware processor, or may be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the memory may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), or a volatile memory (volatile memory), such as a random-access memory (RAM).
  • the memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device that can implement a storage function, for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the communication device 1500 can be applied to a first network element.
  • the communication device 1500 can be the first network element, or it can be a device that can support the first network element and implement the functions of the first network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the memory 1520 stores computer programs (or instructions) and/or data that implement the functions of the first network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the processor 1510 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 1520 to complete the method executed by the first network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the communication interface in the communication device 1500 can be used to interact with the second network element, the third network element or the fourth network element, for example, to send information to the second network element or the third network element, or to receive information from the second network element, the third network element or the fourth network element.
  • the communication device 1500 can be applied to a second network element.
  • the communication device 1500 can be a second network element, or a device that can support the second network element and implement the functions of the second network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the memory 1520 stores computer programs (or instructions) and/or data that implement the functions of the second network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the processor 1510 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 1520 to complete the method executed by the second network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the communication interface in the communication device 1500 can be used to interact with the first network element, such as sending information to the first network element or receiving information from the first network element.
  • the communication device 1500 can be applied to a third network element.
  • the communication device 1500 can be a third network element, or a device that can support the third network element and implement the functions of the third network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the memory 1520 stores computer programs (or instructions) and/or data that implement the functions of the third network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the processor 1510 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 1520 to complete the method executed by the third network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the communication interface in the communication device 1500 can be used to interact with the first network element, such as sending information to the first network element or receiving information from the first network element.
  • the communication device 1500 can be applied to a fourth network element.
  • the communication device 1500 can be a fourth network element, or a device that can support the fourth network element and implement the functions of the fourth network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the memory 1520 stores computer programs (or instructions) and/or data that implement the functions of the fourth network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the processor 1510 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 1520 to complete the method executed by the fourth network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the communication interface in the communication device 1500 can be used to interact with the first network element, such as sending information to the first network element or receiving information from the first network element.
  • the communication device 1500 provided in this embodiment can be applied to the first network element, the second network element, the third network element, or the fourth network element to perform the method performed by the first network element, the second network element, the third network element, or the fourth network element, the technical effects that can be achieved can be referred to the above method examples and will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including a first network element and a second network element.
  • a third network element and/or a fourth network element are further included.
  • the first network element and the second network element can implement the communication method provided in the embodiments shown in Figures 7 to 9, the first network element, the second network element, and the third network element can implement the communication method provided in the embodiment shown in Figure 12, and the first network element, the second network element, and the third network element can implement the communication method provided in the embodiment shown in Figure 13.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in whole or in part through software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, they can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a LMF, a terminal device, a cell node, a core network element, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another.
  • the computer instructions can be transmitted from one website, computer, server, or data center to another website, computer, server, or data center via wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that includes one or more available media integrated therein.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (e.g., a digital video disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium, etc.
  • the embodiments may reference each other, for example, the methods and/or terms between method embodiments may reference each other, for example, the functions and/or terms between device embodiments may reference each other, for example, the functions and/or terms between device embodiments and method embodiments may reference each other.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a communication method and apparatus, which can reduce the waste of transmission resources. The method comprises: a second network element sending M channel reports to a first network element, wherein an mth channel report among the M channel reports is determined by the second network element on the basis of a first measurement result that is obtained by means of measuring an mth reference signal among M reference signals, M is a positive integer, and m is a positive integer which is taken from 1 to M in sequence; when the first measurement result meets a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report comprises one or more of the following: the first measurement result obtained by means of measuring the mth reference signal, a second measurement result obtained by means of measuring the mth reference signal, and channel information obtained on the basis of the mth reference signal; or when the first measurement result does not meet the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report comprises the first measurement result or the second measurement result.

Description

一种通信方法及装置Communication method and device

相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

本申请要求在2024年03月22日提交中华人民共和国国家知识产权局、申请号为202410345974.7、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of the People's Republic of China on March 22, 2024, with application number 202410345974.7 and application name "A Communication Method and Device", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference into this application.

技术领域Technical Field

本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.

背景技术Background Art

人工智能技术被越来越多的应用于无线通信网络中,例如利用人工智能技术对信道测量分析,以实现无线感知。Artificial intelligence technology is increasingly being used in wireless communication networks. For example, artificial intelligence technology is used to measure and analyze channels to achieve wireless perception.

目前,在人工智能模型训练或推理过程中,涉及多个网元之间的信息交互。例如一个网元测量信道,发送信道估计结果给另一个网元,而另一个网元以信道估计结果作为模型的输入进行模型的训练或者推理。其中,一个或多个信道估计结果可能造成不必要的传输资源浪费。Currently, the training or inference process of artificial intelligence models involves information exchange between multiple network elements. For example, one network element measures a channel and sends the channel estimation results to another network element, which then uses the channel estimation results as input for model training or inference. However, the loss of one or more channel estimation results may result in unnecessary waste of transmission resources.

发明内容Summary of the Invention

本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,能够减少传输资源浪费。The present application provides a communication method and apparatus that can reduce waste of transmission resources.

第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,包括:第二网元向第一网元发送M个信道报告;其中,所述M个信道报告中第m个信道报告是所述第二网元基于对M个参考信号中第m个参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果确定的,所述M为正整数,所述m依次取遍1至M的正整数;在所述第一测量结果满足所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件时,所述第m个信道报告包括以下中的一项或多项:对所述第m个参考信号测量得到的所述第一测量结果;对所述第m个参考信号测量得到的第二测量结果;基于所述第m个参考信号获得的信道信息;或者,在所述第一测量结果不满足所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件时,所述第m个信道报告包括所述第一测量结果或所述第二测量结果。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: a second network element sends M channel reports to a first network element; wherein, the mth channel report among the M channel reports is determined by the second network element based on a first measurement result obtained by measuring an mth reference signal among M reference signals, where M is a positive integer, and m is a positive integer ranging from 1 to M in sequence; when the first measurement result satisfies a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes one or more of the following: the first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; the second measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; channel information obtained based on the mth reference signal; or, when the first measurement result does not meet the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes the first measurement result or the second measurement result.

上述方法中,网元之间只在参考信号测量结果满足设定条件的情况下,传输基于参考信号估计的信道信息,能够减少传输资源浪费。In the above method, channel information estimated based on the reference signal is transmitted between network elements only when the reference signal measurement result meets the set conditions, which can reduce the waste of transmission resources.

在一种可能的设计中,第m个信道报告对应的第一条件可以是预先配置的。在另一种可能的设计中,上述方法还包括:第二网元接收来自所述第一网元的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件。这样的设计有助于第二网元基于第一条件,快速决策第一信道报告携带的内容,提升通信效率。In one possible design, the first condition corresponding to the m-th channel report may be preconfigured. In another possible design, the method further includes: a second network element receiving first information from the first network element, where the first information is used to indicate the first condition corresponding to the m-th reference signal. Such a design helps the second network element quickly decide on the content carried in the first channel report based on the first condition, thereby improving communication efficiency.

第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法包括:第三网元接收来自第一网元的第二信息,所述第二信息指示第二条件;以及第三网元在所述第三网元采集的图像信息满足所述第二条件时,向所述第一网元发送所述图像信息。这样的设计中,在图像信息满足设定条件的情况下才进行网元之间的图像传输,能够减少传输资源浪费。In a second aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, comprising: a third network element receiving second information from a first network element, the second information indicating a second condition; and the third network element transmitting the image information to the first network element when the image information collected by the third network element meets the second condition. In this design, image transmission between network elements is performed only when the image information meets the set condition, thereby reducing waste of transmission resources.

第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法包括:第一网元接收来自第二网元的M个信道报告;其中,所述M个信道报告中第m个信道报告是所述第二网元基于对M个参考信号中第m个参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果确定的,所述M为正整数,所述m依次取遍1至M的正整数;在所述第一测量结果满足所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件时,所述第m个信道报告包括以下中的一项或多项:对所述第m个参考信号测量得到的所述第一测量结果;对所述第m个参考信号测量得到的第二测量结果;基于所述第m个参考信号获得的信道信息;或者,在所述第一测量结果不满足所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件时,所述第m个信道报告包括所述第一测量结果或所述第二测量结果。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, comprising: a first network element receiving M channel reports from a second network element; wherein, the mth channel report among the M channel reports is determined by the second network element based on a first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal among the M reference signals, and M is a positive integer, and m is a positive integer ranging from 1 to M in sequence; when the first measurement result satisfies a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes one or more of the following: the first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; the second measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; channel information obtained based on the mth reference signal; or, when the first measurement result does not meet the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes the first measurement result or the second measurement result.

上述方法中,网元之间只在参考信号测量结果满足设定条件的情况下,传输基于参考信号估计的信道信息,能够减少传输资源浪费。In the above method, channel information estimated based on the reference signal is transmitted between network elements only when the reference signal measurement result meets the set conditions, which can reduce the waste of transmission resources.

在一种可能的设计中,上述方法还包括:第一网元向所述第二网元发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件。这样的设计有助于第二网元基于第一条件,快速决策第一信道报告携带的内容,提升通信效率。In one possible design, the method further includes: the first network element sending first information to the second network element, where the first information is used to indicate a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal. Such a design helps the second network element quickly determine the content of the first channel report based on the first condition, thereby improving communication efficiency.

在一种可能的设计中,上述方还包括:第一网元根据所述M个信道报告和第一模型,确定第一感知结果;其中,所述第一模型的输入是基于所述M个信道报告确定的,所述第一模型的输出包括所述第一感知结果。这样的设计利用人工智能对一个或多个信道报告进行分析处理,能够实现无线感知。In one possible design, the method further includes: a first network element determining a first perception result based on the M channel reports and a first model; wherein an input to the first model is determined based on the M channel reports, and an output of the first model includes the first perception result. Such a design utilizes artificial intelligence to analyze and process one or more channel reports, thereby enabling wireless perception.

在一种可能的设计中,以所述M个信道报告包括第一信道报告和第二信道报告为例,所述方法还包括:第一网元根据所述第一信道报告和第二模型,确定第二感知结果;以及根据所述第二信道报告和第三模型,确定第三感知结果;以及将所述第二感知结果和所述第三感知结果进行融合,得到第四感知结果。其中,所述第二模型的输入是基于所述第一信道报告确定的,所述第二模型的输出包括所述第二感知结果;所述第三模型的输入是基于所述第二信道报告确定的,所述第三模型的输出包括所述第三感知结果。这样的设计利用人工智能对多个信道报告进行联合分析,能够实现无线感知。In one possible design, taking the example of the M channel reports including a first channel report and a second channel report, the method further includes: the first network element determining a second perception result based on the first channel report and the second model; and determining a third perception result based on the second channel report and the third model; and fusing the second perception result and the third perception result to obtain a fourth perception result. The input of the second model is determined based on the first channel report, and the output of the second model includes the second perception result; the input of the third model is determined based on the second channel report, and the output of the third model includes the third perception result. This design uses artificial intelligence to jointly analyze multiple channel reports, enabling wireless perception.

在一种可能的设计中,上述方法还包括:第一网元向第三网元发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示第二条件;以及第一网元接收来自所述第三网元的图像信息,所述图像信息满足所述第二条件。这样的设计中,在图像信息满足设定条件的情况下才进行网元之间的图像传输,能够减少传输资源浪费。In one possible design, the method further includes: the first network element sending second information to a third network element, the second information indicating a second condition; and the first network element receiving image information from the third network element, the image information satisfying the second condition. In this design, image transmission between network elements is performed only when the image information satisfies the set condition, thereby reducing waste of transmission resources.

在一种可能的设计中,上述方法还包括:根据所述M个信道报告、所述图像信息和第四模型,确定第五感知结果;其中,所述第四模型的输入是基于所述M个信道报告和所述图像信息确定的,所述第四模型的输出包括所述第五感知结果。这样的设计利用人工智能对至少一个信道报告以及图像信息进行联合分析,能够实现无线感知。In one possible design, the method further includes determining a fifth perception result based on the M channel reports, the image information, and a fourth model; wherein an input to the fourth model is determined based on the M channel reports and the image information, and an output of the fourth model includes the fifth perception result. This design utilizes artificial intelligence to jointly analyze at least one channel report and image information, thereby enabling wireless perception.

第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是第二网元,也可以是第二网元中的装置、模块或芯片等,或者是能够和第二网元匹配使用的装置。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括执行第一方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和通信模块,该通信模块包括发送单元和接收单元。可选的,处理模块也可以替换描述为处理单元。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a second network element, or a device, module, or chip in the second network element, or a device that can be used in combination with the second network element. In one design, the communication device may include a module that executes the method/operation/step/action described in the first aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, or software, or a combination of a hardware circuit and software. In one design, the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module, and the communication module includes a sending unit and a receiving unit. Optionally, the processing module may also be replaced by the description of the processing unit.

处理模块,用于通过通信模块向第一网元发送M个信道报告;其中,所述M个信道报告中第m个信道报告是所述处理模块基于对M个参考信号中第m个参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果确定的,所述M为正整数,所述m依次取遍1至M的正整数;在所述第一测量结果满足所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件时,所述第m个信道报告包括以下中的一项或多项:对所述第m个参考信号测量得到的所述第一测量结果;对所述第m个参考信号测量得到的第二测量结果;基于所述第m个参考信号获得的信道信息;或者,在所述第一测量结果不满足所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件时,所述第m个信道报告包括所述第一测量结果或所述第二测量结果。A processing module, configured to send M channel reports to a first network element through a communication module; wherein the mth channel report among the M channel reports is determined by the processing module based on a first measurement result obtained by measuring an mth reference signal among M reference signals, where M is a positive integer, and m is a positive integer ranging from 1 to M in sequence; when the first measurement result satisfies a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes one or more of the following: the first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; the second measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; channel information obtained based on the mth reference signal; or, when the first measurement result does not meet the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes the first measurement result or the second measurement result.

在一种可能的设计中,第m个信道报告对应的第一条件可以是预先配置的。在另一种可能的设计中,上述方法还包括:第二网元接收来自所述第一网元的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件。In one possible design, the first condition corresponding to the mth channel report may be preconfigured. In another possible design, the method further includes: the second network element receiving first information from the first network element, the first information being used to indicate the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal.

第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是第三网元,也可以是第三网元中的装置、模块或芯片等,或者是能够和第三网元匹配使用的装置。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括执行第二方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和通信模块,该通信模块包括发送单元和接收单元。可选的,处理模块也可以替换描述为处理单元。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a third network element, or a device, module or chip in a third network element, or a device that can be used in combination with a third network element. In one design, the communication device may include a module that corresponds one-to-one to the execution of the method/operation/step/action described in the second aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, or software, or a combination of a hardware circuit and software. In one design, the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module, and the communication module includes a sending unit and a receiving unit. Optionally, the processing module may also be replaced by the description of the processing unit.

通信模块,用于接收来自第一网元的第二信息,所述第二信息指示第二条件;a communication module, configured to receive second information from the first network element, where the second information indicates a second condition;

处理模块,用于在所述第三网元采集的图像信息满足所述第二条件时,通过通信模块向所述第一网元发送所述图像信息。A processing module is configured to send the image information to the first network element through the communication module when the image information collected by the third network element meets the second condition.

第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是第一网元,也可以是第一网元中的装置、模块或芯片等,或者是能够和第一网元匹配使用的装置。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括执行第三方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和通信模块,该通信模块包括发送单元和接收单元。可选的,处理模块也可以替换描述为处理单元。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a first network element, or a device, module or chip in the first network element, or a device that can be used in combination with the first network element. In one design, the communication device may include a module that corresponds one-to-one to the execution of the method/operation/step/action described in the third aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, or software, or a combination of a hardware circuit and software. In one design, the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module, and the communication module includes a sending unit and a receiving unit. Optionally, the processing module may also be replaced by the description of the processing unit.

通信模块,用于接收来自第二网元的M个信道报告;其中,所述M个信道报告中第m个信道报告是所述第二网元基于对M个参考信号中第m个参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果确定的,所述M为正整数,所述m依次取遍1至M的正整数;在所述第一测量结果满足所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件时,所述第m个信道报告包括以下中的一项或多项:对所述第m个参考信号测量得到的所述第一测量结果;对所述第m个参考信号测量得到的第二测量结果;基于所述第m个参考信号获得的信道信息;或者,在所述第一测量结果不满足所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件时,所述第m个信道报告包括所述第一测量结果或所述第二测量结果。A communication module is configured to receive M channel reports from a second network element; wherein the mth channel report among the M channel reports is determined by the second network element based on a first measurement result obtained by measuring an mth reference signal among M reference signals, where M is a positive integer and m is a positive integer ranging from 1 to M in sequence; when the first measurement result satisfies a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes one or more of the following: the first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; the second measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; channel information obtained based on the mth reference signal; or, when the first measurement result does not satisfy the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes the first measurement result or the second measurement result.

在一种可能的设计中,通信模块,还用于向所述第二网元发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件。In one possible design, the communication module is also used to send first information to the second network element, where the first information is used to indicate a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal.

在一种可能的设计中,处理模块,用于根据所述M个信道报告和第一模型,确定第一感知结果;其中,所述第一模型的输入是基于所述M个信道报告确定的,所述第一模型的输出包括所述第一感知结果。In one possible design, a processing module is used to determine a first perception result based on the M channel reports and a first model; wherein the input of the first model is determined based on the M channel reports, and the output of the first model includes the first perception result.

在一种可能的设计中,以所述M个信道报告包括第一信道报告和第二信道报告为例,处理模块,还用于:根据所述第一信道报告和第二模型,确定第二感知结果;以及根据所述第二信道报告和第三模型,确定第三感知结果;以及将所述第二感知结果和所述第三感知结果进行融合,得到第四感知结果。其中,所述第二模型的输入是基于所述第一信道报告确定的,所述第二模型的输出包括所述第二感知结果;所述第三模型的输入是基于所述第二信道报告确定的,所述第三模型的输出包括所述第三感知结果。In one possible design, taking the M channel reports including a first channel report and a second channel report as an example, the processing module is further configured to: determine a second perception result based on the first channel report and the second model; determine a third perception result based on the second channel report and the third model; and fuse the second perception result and the third perception result to obtain a fourth perception result. The input of the second model is determined based on the first channel report, and the output of the second model includes the second perception result; the input of the third model is determined based on the second channel report, and the output of the third model includes the third perception result.

在一种可能的设计中,通信模块,还用于:向第三网元发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示第二条件;以及收来自所述第三网元的图像信息,所述图像信息满足所述第二条件。In one possible design, the communication module is further used to: send second information to a third network element, where the second information indicates a second condition; and receive image information from the third network element, where the image information meets the second condition.

在一种可能的设计中,处理模块,还用于根据所述M个信道报告、所述图像信息和第四模型,确定第五感知结果;其中,所述第四模型的输入是基于所述M个信道报告和所述图像信息确定的,所述第四模型的输出包括所述第五感知结果。In one possible design, the processing module is further used to determine a fifth perception result based on the M channel reports, the image information and the fourth model; wherein the input of the fourth model is determined based on the M channel reports and the image information, and the output of the fourth model includes the fifth perception result.

第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,包括如第四方面和第六方面中所描述的通信装置。可选的,该通信系统还可以包括如第五方面所描述的通信装置。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, comprising the communication apparatus as described in the fourth and sixth aspects. Optionally, the communication system may further comprise the communication apparatus as described in the fifth aspect.

第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,包括用于实现第一方面所描述的方法的装置(如第二网元)和用于实现第三方面所描述的方法的装置(如第一网元)。可选的,该通信系统还包括用于实现第二方面所描述的方法的装置(如第三网元)。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, comprising an apparatus (such as a second network element) for implementing the method described in the first aspect and an apparatus (such as a first network element) for implementing the method described in the third aspect. Optionally, the communication system further comprises an apparatus (such as a third network element) for implementing the method described in the second aspect.

第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述第一方面至第三方面中任一方面所描述的方法。处理器与存储器耦合,存储器用于存储指令和数据,所述处理器执行所述存储器中存储的指令时,可以实现第一方面至第三方面中任一方面描述的方法。可选的,所述通信装置还可以包括存储器;所述通信装置还可以包括通信接口,所述通信接口用于该通信装置与其它设备进行通信,示例性的,通信接口可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块、管脚或其它类型的通信接口。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, comprising a processor for implementing the method described in any one of the first to third aspects above. The processor is coupled to a memory, and the memory is used to store instructions and data. When the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the method described in any one of the first to third aspects can be implemented. Optionally, the communication device may further include a memory; the communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module, a pin, or other types of communication interfaces.

第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括逻辑电路和接口电路;所述接口电路,用于与所述通信装置之外的模块通信;所述逻辑电路用于执行计算机程序,以使所述通信装置执行上述第一方面至第三方面中任一方面提供的方法。In the tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, comprising a logic circuit and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is used to communicate with a module outside the communication device; the logic circuit is used to execute a computer program so that the communication device executes the method provided in any one of the first to third aspects above.

第十一方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第一方面至第三方面中任一方面提供的方法。In the eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method provided in any one of the first to third aspects above.

第十二方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第三方面中任一方面提供的方法。In the twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, comprising instructions, which, when executed on a computer, enable the computer to execute the method provided in any one of the first to third aspects above.

第十三方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或者指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第一方面至第三方面中任一方面提供的方法。In the thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which a computer program or instruction is stored. When the computer program or instruction is run on a computer, the computer executes the method provided in any one of the first to third aspects above.

第十四方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片,所述芯片用于读取存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述第一方面至第三方面中任一方面提供的方法。In the fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, which is used to read a computer program stored in a memory and execute the method provided in any one of the first to third aspects above.

第十五方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,用于支持计算机装置实现上述第一方面至第三方面中任一方面提供的方法。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器用于保存该计算机装置必要的程序和数据。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, which includes a processor for supporting a computer device to implement the method provided in any one of the first to third aspects above. In one possible design, the chip system also includes a memory for storing the necessary programs and data for the computer device. The chip system can be composed of a chip, or it can include a chip and other discrete devices.

如上第四方面至第十五方面的任一方面所提供的方案的效果,可参考第一方面至第三方面中的相应描述。For the effects of the solutions provided in any of the fourth to fifteenth aspects above, reference can be made to the corresponding descriptions in the first to third aspects.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

图1为一种通信系统的结构示意图;FIG1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system;

图2A为神经元结构的一种示意图;FIG2A is a schematic diagram of a neuron structure;

图2B为神经网络的层关系的一种示意图;FIG2B is a schematic diagram of the layer relationship of a neural network;

图2C为一种AI应用框架示意图;Figure 2C is a schematic diagram of an AI application framework;

图3为无线感知的工作模式示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of the working mode of wireless sensing;

图4为另一种通信系统的结构示意图;FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of another communication system;

图5A~图5B为下行定位场景示意图;Figures 5A and 5B are schematic diagrams of downlink positioning scenarios;

图6A~图6B为上行定位场景示意图;Figures 6A and 6B are schematic diagrams of uplink positioning scenarios;

图7为本申请实施例中的通信方法的流程示意图之一;FIG7 is a flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;

图8为本申请实施例中的通信方法的流程示意图之一;FIG8 is a flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;

图9为本申请实施例中的通信方法的流程示意图之一;FIG9 is a flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;

图10A~图10C为本申请实施例中基于AI模型的感知流程示意图;10A to 10C are schematic diagrams of a perception process based on an AI model in an embodiment of the present application;

图11为本申请实施例中的通信方法的流程示意图之一;FIG11 is a flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;

图12为本申请实施例中的通信方法的流程示意图之一;FIG12 is a flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;

图13为本申请实施例中的通信方法的流程示意图之一;FIG13 is a flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;

图14为本申请实施例中的通信装置的结构示意图之一;FIG14 is a schematic diagram of a structure of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;

图15为本申请实施例中的通信装置的结构示意图之一。FIG15 is one of the structural diagrams of the communication device in the embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

为了使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions and advantages of this application clearer, this application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

本申请如下涉及的至少一个(项),指示一个(项)或多个(项)。多个(项),是指两个(项)或两个(项)以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。另外,应当理解,尽管在本申请中可能采用术语第一、第二等来描述各对象、但这些对象不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将各对象彼此区分开。The following at least one (item) involved in this application indicates one (item) or more (items). More than one (item) refers to two (items) or more than two (items). "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist. For example, A and/or B can represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. The character "/" generally indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in an "or" relationship. In addition, it should be understood that although the terms first, second, etc. may be used to describe each object in this application, these objects should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish each object from each other.

本申请如下描述中所提到的术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括其他没有列出的步骤或单元,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。需要说明的是,本申请中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何方法或设计方案不应被解释为比其它方法或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。The terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof mentioned in the following description of this application are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions. For example, a process, method, system, product or device that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but may optionally include other steps or units that are not listed, or may optionally include other steps or units that are inherent to these processes, methods, products or devices. It should be noted that, in this application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to indicate examples, illustrations or descriptions. Any method or design described in this application as "exemplary" or "for example" should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other methods or designs. Specifically, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "for example" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete way.

本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第五代(5th generation,5G)或新无线(new radio,NR)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统、无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)系统、卫星通信系统、未来的通信系统,如第六代(6th generation,6G)移动通信系统,或者多种系统的融合系统等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,车到万物(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),以及物联网(internet of things,IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。The technical solutions provided in this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as fifth-generation (5G) or new radio (NR) systems, long-term evolution (LTE) systems, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) systems, LTE time division duplex (TDD) systems, wireless local area network (WLAN) systems, satellite communication systems, future communication systems such as sixth-generation (6G) mobile communication systems, or a fusion system of multiple systems. The technical solutions provided in this application can also be applied to device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), and Internet of Things (IoT) communication systems or other communication systems.

通信系统中的一个网元可以向另一个网元发送信号或从另一个网元接收信号。其中信号可以包括信息、信令或者数据等。其中,网元也可以被替换为实体、网络实体、设备、通信设备、通信模块、节点、通信节点等等,本申请中以网元为例进行描述。例如,通信系统可以包括至少一个终端设备和至少一个接入网设备。接入网设备可以向终端设备发送下行信号,和/或终端设备可以向接入网设备发送上行信号此外可以理解的是,若通信系统中包括多个终端设备,多个终端设备之间也可以互发信号,即信号的发送网元和信号的接收网元均可以是终端设备。A network element in a communication system can send a signal to another network element or receive a signal from another network element. The signal may include information, signaling, or data, etc. The network element can also be replaced by an entity, a network entity, a device, a communication device, a communication module, a node, a communication node, etc. The present application takes the network element as an example for description. For example, the communication system may include at least one terminal device and at least one access network device. The access network device can send a downlink signal to the terminal device, and/or the terminal device can send an uplink signal to the access network device. In addition, it can be understood that if the communication system includes multiple terminal devices, the multiple terminal devices can also send signals to each other, that is, the signal sending network element and the signal receiving network element can both be terminal devices.

本申请提供的通信方法可以应用于5G、6G、卫星通信等无线通信系统中。参见图1,图1是本申请提供的无线通信系统的一个简化示意图。如图1所示,该无线通信系统包括无线接入网100。无线接入网100可以是下一代(例如6G或更高版本)无线接入网,或传统(例如5G、4G、3G或2G)无线接入网。一个或多个终端设备(120a-120j,统称为120)可以相互连接或连接到无线接入网100中的一个或多个网络设备(110a、110b,统称为110)。可选的,图1只是示意图,该无线通信系统中还可以包括其它设备,如还可以包括核心网设备、无线中继设备和/或无线回传设备、传感器设备等,在图1中未画出。The communication method provided in this application can be applied to wireless communication systems such as 5G, 6G, and satellite communications. Referring to Figure 1, Figure 1 is a simplified schematic diagram of the wireless communication system provided in this application. As shown in Figure 1, the wireless communication system includes a wireless access network 100. The wireless access network 100 can be a next-generation (e.g., 6G or higher) wireless access network, or a traditional (e.g., 5G, 4G, 3G, or 2G) wireless access network. One or more terminal devices (120a-120j, collectively referred to as 120) can be connected to each other or to one or more network devices (110a, 110b, collectively referred to as 110) in the wireless access network 100. Optionally, Figure 1 is only a schematic diagram, and the wireless communication system may also include other devices, such as core network devices, wireless relay devices and/or wireless backhaul devices, sensor devices, etc., which are not drawn in Figure 1.

可选的,在实际应用中,该无线通信系统可以同时包括多个网络设备(也称为接入网设备),也可以同时包括多个终端设备。一个网络设备可以同时服务于一个或多个终端设备。一个终端设备也可以同时接入一个或多个网络设备。本申请对该无线通信系统中包括的终端设备和网络设备的数量不做限定。Optionally, in actual applications, the wireless communication system may include multiple network devices (also called access network devices) at the same time, and may also include multiple terminal devices at the same time. A network device can serve one or more terminal devices at the same time. A terminal device can also access one or more network devices at the same time. This application does not limit the number of terminal devices and network devices included in the wireless communication system.

其中,网络设备可以是网络侧的一种用于发射或接收信号的实体。网络设备可以为通信设备通过无线方式接入到该无线通信系统中的接入设备,如网络设备可以是基站。基站可以广义的覆盖如下中的各种名称,或与如下名称进行替换,比如:节点B(NodeB)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB)、下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、开放无线接入网(open radio access network,O-RAN)中的接入网设备、中继站、接入点、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、主站MeNB、辅站SeNB、多制式无线(MSR)节点、家庭基站、网络控制器、接入节点、无线节点、接入点(AP)、传输节点、收发节点、基带单元(BBU)、射频拉远单元(RRU)、有源天线单元(AAU)、射频头(RRH)、中心单元(CU)、分布单元(DU)、无线单元(radio unit,RU)、集中单元控制面(CU control plane,CU-CP)节点、集中单元用户面(CU user plane,CU-UP)节点、定位节点等。基站可以是宏基站、微基站、中继节点、施主节点或类似物,或其组合。网络设备还可以指用于设置于前述设备或装置内的通信模块、调制解调器或芯片。网络设备还可以是移动交换中心以及设备到设备(Device-to-Device,D2D)、车辆外联(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)、机器到机器(machine-to-machine,M2M)通信中承担基站功能的设备、6G网络中的网络侧设备、未来的通信系统中承担基站功能的设备等。网络设备可以支持相同或不同接入技术的网络。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The network device may be an entity on the network side for transmitting or receiving signals. The network device may be an access device for a communication device to access the wireless communication system in a wireless manner, such as a base station. Base station can broadly cover various names as follows, or be replaced with the following names, such as: NodeB, evolved NodeB (eNB), next generation NodeB (gNB), access network equipment in open radio access network (O-RAN), relay station, access point, transmitting point (TRP), transmitting point (TP), master station MeNB, secondary station SeNB, multi-standard radio (MSR) node, home base station, network controller, access node, wireless node, access point (AP), transmission node, transceiver node, baseband unit (BBU), remote radio unit (RRU), active antenna unit (AAU), radio head (RRH), central unit (CU), distributed unit (DU), radio unit (RU), centralized unit control plane (CU-CP) node, centralized unit user plane (CU-UP) node, positioning node, etc. The base station can be a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay node, a donor node or the like, or a combination thereof. The network device can also refer to a communication module, a modem or a chip for being arranged in the aforementioned device or apparatus. The network device can also be a mobile switching center and a device to device (Device-to-Device, D2D), vehicle outreach (vehicle-to-everything, V2X), a device that performs the base station function in machine to machine (machine-to-machine, M2M) communications, a network side device in a 6G network, a device that performs the base station function in a future communication system, etc. The network device can support networks with the same or different access technologies. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network device.

网络设备可以是固定的,也可以是移动的。例如,基站110a、110b是静止的,并负责来自通信设备120的一个或多个小区中的无线传输和接收。图1中示出的直升机或无人机120i可以被配置成充当移动基站,并且一个或多个小区可以根据移动基站120i的位置移动。在其他示例中,直升机或无人机(120i)可以被配置成用作与基站110b通信的通信设备。Network devices can be fixed or mobile. For example, base stations 110a and 110b are stationary and are responsible for wireless transmission and reception in one or more cells from communication device 120. The helicopter or drone 120i shown in Figure 1 can be configured to act as a mobile base station, and one or more cells can move according to the location of the mobile base station 120i. In other examples, the helicopter or drone (120i) can be configured to act as a communication device communicating with base station 110b.

本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是一体化基站,或者可以是包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和/或分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)的基站。包括CU和DU的基站还可以称为CU和DU分离的基站,如该基站包括gNB-CU和gNB-DU。其中,CU还可以分离为CU控制面(CU control plane,CU-CP)和CU用户面(CU user plane,CU-UP),如该基站包括gNB-CU-CP、gNB-CU-UP和gNB-DU。或者,本申请实施例的网络设备还可以是天线单元(radio unit,RU)。再或者,本申请实施例中的网络设备还可以是开放无线接入网(O-RAN)架构等,本申请实施例对于网络设备的具体部署方式不作限定。示例性的,当网络设备是O-RAN架构时,本申请实施例所示的网络设备可以是O-RAN中的接入网设备,如CU,DU,或,RU中的一项或多项的组合,或者是接入网设备中的模块等。在ORAN系统中,CU还可以称为开放(open,O)-CU,CU-CP还可以称为O-CU-CP,CU-UP还可以称为O-CU-UP,RU还可以称为O-RU。The network device in the embodiments of the present application may be an integrated base station, or may be a base station including a centralized unit (CU) and/or a distributed unit (DU). A base station including both a CU and a DU may also be referred to as a base station with separate CUs and DUs, such as a base station including a gNB-CU and a gNB-DU. The CU may also be separated into a CU control plane (CU-CP) and a CU user plane (CU-UP), such as a base station including a gNB-CU-CP, a gNB-CU-UP, and a gNB-DU. Alternatively, the network device in the embodiments of the present application may be an antenna unit (RU). Furthermore, the network device in the embodiments of the present application may also be an open radio access network (O-RAN) architecture, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific deployment method of the network device. For example, when the network device is an O-RAN architecture, the network device shown in the embodiments of the present application may be an access network device in the O-RAN, such as a combination of one or more of a CU, DU, or RU, or a module in the access network device. In the ORAN system, CU may also be referred to as open (O)-CU, CU-CP may also be referred to as O-CU-CP, CU-UP may also be referred to as O-CU-UP, and RU may also be referred to as O-RU.

本申请中,用于实现如上接入网络功能的通信装置可以是基站,也可以是具有接入网络的部分功能的网络设备,也可以是能够支持实现接入网络功能的装置,例如芯片系统,硬件电路、软件模块、或硬件电路加软件模块,该装置可以被安装在基站中或者和基站匹配使用。本申请的方法中,以用于实现基站功能的通信装置是基站为例进行描述。In this application, the communication device used to implement the above-mentioned access network function can be a base station, or a network device with partial access network functions, or a device capable of supporting the implementation of the access network function, such as a chip system, a hardware circuit, a software module, or a hardware circuit plus a software module. The device can be installed in a base station or used in conjunction with a base station. In the method of this application, the communication device used to implement the base station function is described as an example.

终端设备可以是用户侧的一种用于接收或发射信号的实体,如手机。终端设备可以用于连接人、物和机器。终端设备可通过网络设备与一个或多个核心网进行通信。终端设备包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备或车载设备等。终端设备可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置。终端设备120可以广泛应用于各种场景,例如蜂窝通信、设备到设备D2D、车到所有V2X、端到端P2P、机器到机器M2M、机器类型通信MTC、物联网IOT、虚拟现实VR、增强现实AR、工业控制、自动驾驶、远程医疗、智能电网、智能家具、智能办公、智能穿戴、智能交通、智慧城市、无人机、机器人、遥感、被动传感、定位、导航与跟踪、自主交付与移动等。终端设备120的一些举例为:3GPP标准的用户设备(UE)、固定设备、移动设备、手持设备、可穿戴设备、蜂窝电话、智能电话、会话发起协议(SIP)电话、笔记本电脑、个人计算机、智能书、车辆、卫星、全球定位系统(GPS)设备、目标跟踪设备、无人机、直升机、飞行器、船只、遥控设备、智能家居设备、工业设备、个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、无线网络摄像头、平板电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备如智能手表、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、车联网系统中的终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端如智能加油器,高铁上的终端设备以及智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端,如智能音响、智能咖啡机、智能打印机等。终端设备120可以为以上各种场景中的无线设备或用于设置于无线设备的装置,例如,上述设备中的通信模块、调制解调器或芯片等。终端设备也可以称为终端、终端设备、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等。终端设备还可以是未来的无线通信系统中的终端设备。终端设备可以用于专用网设备或者通用设备中。本申请的实施例对终端设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。A terminal device can be an entity on the user side that receives or transmits signals, such as a mobile phone. A terminal device can be used to connect people, objects, and machines. A terminal device can communicate with one or more core networks via network devices. Terminal devices include handheld devices with wireless connectivity, other processing devices connected to a wireless modem, or in-vehicle devices. A terminal device can be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, built into a computer, or in-vehicle. Terminal device 120 can be widely used in various scenarios, such as cellular communications, device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X), end-to-end (P2P), machine-to-machine (M2M), machine-type communications (MTC), the Internet of Things (IoT), virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), industrial control, autonomous driving, telemedicine, smart grids, smart furniture, smart offices, smart wearables, smart transportation, smart cities, drones, robots, remote sensing, passive sensing, positioning, navigation and tracking, autonomous delivery and mobility, and more. Some examples of terminal devices 120 include: 3GPP standard user equipment (UE), fixed devices, mobile devices, handheld devices, wearable devices, cellular phones, smart phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, laptops, personal computers, smart books, vehicles, satellites, Global Positioning System (GPS) devices, target tracking devices, drones, helicopters, aircraft, ships, remote control devices, smart home devices, industrial devices, personal communication service (PCS) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), wireless network cameras, tablet computers, PDAs, mobile Internet devices (mobile internet devices), etc. The terminal device 120 may be a wireless device in various scenarios described above or a device used to be provided in a wireless device, such as a communication module, modem, or chip in the aforementioned devices. A terminal device may also be referred to as a terminal, terminal device, user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), or mobile terminal (MT). A terminal device may also be referred to as a terminal, terminal device, user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), or mobile terminal (MT). A terminal device may also be a terminal device in a future wireless communication system. The terminal device can be used in a dedicated network device or a general-purpose device. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form used by the terminal device.

可选的,UE可以充当调度实体,其在V2X、D2D或P2P等中的UE之间提供侧行链路(side link,SL)信号。如图1所示,蜂窝电话120a和汽车120b利用侧行链路信号彼此通信。蜂窝电话120a和智能家居设备120e之间通信,而无需通过基站110b中继通信信号。Optionally, a UE can act as a scheduling entity, providing sidelink (SL) signals between UEs in V2X, D2D, or P2P scenarios. As shown in Figure 1, a cell phone 120a and a car 120b communicate with each other using sidelink signals. Cell phone 120a and smart home device 120e communicate without relaying the communication signals through base station 110b.

本申请中,用于实现终端设备功能的通信装置可以是终端设备,也可以是具有以上终端设备的部分功能的装置,也可以是能够支持实现以上终端设备的功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中或者和终端设备匹配使用。本申请中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请提供的技术方案中,以用于实现终端设备功能的通信装置是终端设备或UE为例进行描述。In this application, the communication device for realizing the functions of the terminal device can be a terminal device, or a device having some of the functions of the above terminal devices, or a device capable of supporting the realization of the functions of the above terminal devices, such as a chip system, which can be installed in the terminal device or used in combination with the terminal device. In this application, the chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices. In the technical solution provided in this application, the communication device for realizing the functions of the terminal device is described as a terminal device or UE as an example.

应理解,图1所示的通信系统中各个设备的数量、类型仅作为示意,本申请并不限于此,实际应用中在通信系统中还可以包括更多的终端设备、更多的基站;该通信系统还可以包括其它网元,例如图1中还示意包括核心网设备130。此外,通信系统还可以包括传感设备(如雷达、摄像头)、网管、用于实现人工智能功能的网元等。其中,网管又可以称为操作维护管理(operation administration and maintenance,OAM)网元,简称OAM。操作主要完成日常网络和业务进行的分析、预测、规划和配置工作;维护主要是对网络及其业务的测试和故障管理等进行的日常操作活动,网管可以检测网络运行状态、优化网络连接和性能,提升网络运行稳定性,降低网络维护成本。It should be understood that the number and type of each device in the communication system shown in Figure 1 are for illustration only, and the present application is not limited thereto. In actual applications, the communication system may further include more terminal devices and more base stations; the communication system may further include other network elements, for example, Figure 1 also illustrates the inclusion of core network equipment 130. In addition, the communication system may further include sensing equipment (such as radars, cameras), network management, network elements for implementing artificial intelligence functions, etc. Among them, the network management may also be referred to as an operation and maintenance (OAM) network element, or OAM for short. Operations mainly complete the analysis, prediction, planning, and configuration of daily network and business operations; maintenance mainly involves daily operational activities such as testing and fault management of the network and its services. The network management can detect the network operating status, optimize network connections and performance, improve network operating stability, and reduce network maintenance costs.

可以理解的是,终端设备、基站、或核心网设备中的一项或多项所实现的全部或部分功能均可以进行虚拟化,也即,通过专有处理器或通用处理器中的一项或多项和相应的软件模块来实现。其中,终端设备和基站因涉及空口传输的接口,该接口的收发功能可由硬件来实现。核心网设备,如前述的OAM,均可虚拟化。可选的,虚拟化后的终端设备、基站或核心网设备中的一项或多项功能可以由云端设备来实现,比如过顶(over the top,OTT)系统中的云端设备来实现。It is understandable that all or part of the functions implemented by one or more of the terminal devices, base stations, or core network devices can be virtualized, that is, implemented by one or more of the proprietary processors or general-purpose processors and the corresponding software modules. Among them, since the terminal devices and base stations involve interfaces for air interface transmission, the transceiver functions of the interfaces can be implemented by hardware. Core network devices, such as the aforementioned OAM, can all be virtualized. Optionally, one or more functions of the virtualized terminal devices, base stations, or core network devices can be implemented by cloud devices, such as cloud devices in over-the-top (OTT) systems.

本申请中涉及设备间的通信包括如下的一种或多种:基站和终端设备之间的通信,或者基站和基站之间的通信,例如无线回传链路中宏基站和微基站之间的通信,或者边链路(sidelink,SL)中两个终端设备之间的通信,或者终端设备和网管(OAM)、终端设备和核心网设备、基站和核心网设备之间的通信等,不予限制。The communication between devices involved in this application includes one or more of the following: communication between a base station and a terminal device, or communication between base stations, such as communication between a macro base station and a micro base station in a wireless backhaul link, or communication between two terminal devices in a side link (SL), or communication between a terminal device and an OAM (network management), a terminal device and a core network device, a base station and a core network device, etc., without limitation.

本申请提供的方法涉及到人工智能(artificial Intelligence,AI)。为了便于理解,下面结合A1~A4,对本申请涉及的AI的部分用语进行介绍。可以理解的是,该介绍并不作为对本申请的限定。The methods provided in this application involve artificial intelligence (AI). To facilitate understanding, the following introduces some of the AI terms involved in this application in conjunction with A1 to A4. It should be understood that this introduction does not limit this application.

A1,AI模型A1, AI model

AI模型是AI技术功能的具体实现,AI模型表征了模型的输入和输出之间的映射关系。AI模型可以是神经网络、线性回归模型、决策树模型、支持向量机(support vector machine,SVM)、贝叶斯网络、Q学习模型或者其他机器学习(machine learning,ML)模型。本申请中如下将AI模型简称为模型。An AI model is a specific implementation of AI technology functionality. It represents the mapping relationship between the model's inputs and outputs. An AI model can be a neural network, linear regression model, decision tree model, support vector machine (SVM), Bayesian network, Q-learning model, or other machine learning (ML) model. In this application, the AI model is referred to as simply "model."

A2,神经网络A2, Neural Network

神经网络是AI或机器学习技术的一种具体实现形式。根据通用近似定理,神经网络在理论上可以逼近任意连续函数,从而使得神经网络具备学习任意映射的能力。Neural networks are a specific implementation of AI or machine learning technology. According to the universal approximation theorem, neural networks can theoretically approximate any continuous function, giving them the ability to learn arbitrary mappings.

神经网络的思想来源于大脑组织的神经元结构。例如,每个神经元都对其输入值进行加权求和运算,通过一个激活函数输出运算结果。如图2A所示,为神经元结构的一种示意图。假设神经元的输入为x=[x0,x1,…,xn],与各个输入对应的权值分别为w=[w,w1,…,wn],其中,wi作为xi的权值,用于对xi进行加权。根据权值对输入值进行加权求和的偏置例如为b。激活函数的形式可以有多种,假设一个神经元的激活函数为:y=f(z)=max(0,z),则该神经元的输出为: 再例如,一个神经元的激活函数为:y=f(z)=z,则该神经元的输出为:其中,b可以是小数、整数(例如0、正整数或负整数)、或复数等各种可能的取值。神经网络中不同神经元的激活函数可以相同或不同。The idea of neural networks comes from the neuron structure of brain tissue. For example, each neuron performs a weighted sum operation on its input values and outputs the operation result through an activation function. As shown in Figure 2A, it is a schematic diagram of the neuron structure. Assume that the input of the neuron is x = [x 0 , x 1 ,…, x n ], and the weights corresponding to each input are w = [w, w 1 ,…, w n ], where w i is the weight of x i and is used to weight x i . The bias for weighted summation of input values according to the weights is, for example, b. The activation function can take many forms. Assuming that the activation function of a neuron is: y = f(z) = max(0,z), the output of the neuron is: For another example, if the activation function of a neuron is: y = f(z) = z, then the output of the neuron is: b can be a decimal, an integer (eg, 0, a positive integer, or a negative integer), or a complex number. The activation functions of different neurons in a neural network can be the same or different.

根据网络的构建方式,DNN可以包括前馈神经网络(feedforward neural network,FNN)、卷积神经网络(convolutional neural networks,CNN)或,递归神经网络(recurrent neural network,RNN)。Depending on how the network is constructed, DNNs can include feedforward neural networks (FNNs), convolutional neural networks (CNNs), or recurrent neural networks (RNNs).

神经网络一般包括多个层,每层可包括一个或多个神经元。通过增加神经网络的深度和/或宽度,能够提高该神经网络的表达能力,为复杂系统提供更强大的信息提取和抽象建模能力。其中,神经网络的深度可以是指神经网络包括的层数,其中每层包括的神经元个数可以称为该层的宽度。在一种实现方式中,神经网络包括输入层和输出层。神经网络的输入层将接收到的输入信息经过神经元处理,将处理结果传递给输出层,由输出层得到神经网络的输出结果。在另一种实现方式中,神经网络包括输入层、隐藏层和输出层,可参考图2B示意的FNN,FNN中相邻层的神经元之间两两完全相连。神经网络的输入层将接收到的输入信息经过神经元处理,将处理结果传递给中间的隐藏层,隐藏层对接收的处理结果进行计算,得到计算结果,隐藏层将计算结果传递给输出层或者相邻的隐藏层,最终由输出层得到神经网络的输出结果。其中,一个神经网络可以包括一个隐藏层,或者包括多个依次连接的隐藏层,不予限制。A neural network generally includes multiple layers, each of which may include one or more neurons. Increasing the depth and/or width of a neural network can improve its expressive power, providing more powerful information extraction and abstract modeling capabilities for complex systems. The depth of a neural network can refer to the number of layers it comprises, while the number of neurons in each layer can be referred to as the width of that layer. In one implementation, a neural network includes an input layer and an output layer. The input layer processes input information through neurons and transmits the processing results to the output layer, which then generates the output of the neural network. In another implementation, a neural network includes an input layer, a hidden layer, and an output layer. For example, the FNN illustrated in FIG2B shows a fully connected FNN. Neurons in adjacent layers of the FNN are fully connected. The input layer processes input information through neurons and transmits the processing results to an intermediate hidden layer. The hidden layer calculates the received processing results to obtain a calculation result, which it then transmits to the output layer or an adjacent hidden layer. The output layer ultimately generates the output of the neural network. A neural network can include one hidden layer or multiple hidden layers connected in sequence, without limitation.

A3,训练数据和推理数据A3, training data and inference data

训练数据集用于模型的训练,训练数据集可以包括模型的输入数据,或者包括模型的输入数据和目标输出数据。其中,训练数据集包括一个或多个训练数据,训练数据可以是输入至模型的数据,也可以是模型的目标输出数据。其中,目标输出数据也可以被称为标签、输出标签数据或者输出标签样本。训练数据集是机器学习重要的部分之一,模型训练本质上就是从训练数据中学习它的某些特征,使得模型的输出数据尽可能接近目标输出数据,如模型的输出数据与目标输出数据之间的差异尽可能地小。训练数据集的构成与选取,在一定程度上可以决定训练出来的模型的性能。The training dataset is used to train the model. The training dataset may include the model's input data, or the model's input data and target output data. A training dataset includes one or more training data, which may be input data to the model or the model's target output data. Target output data may also be referred to as labels, output label data, or output label samples. Training datasets are an important part of machine learning. Model training is essentially about learning certain features from the training data so that the model's output data is as close to the target output data as possible, such as minimizing the difference between the model's output data and the target output data. The composition and selection of the training dataset can, to a certain extent, determine the performance of the trained model.

另外,在模型(如神经网络)的训练过程中,可以定义损失(loss)函数。损失函数描述了模型的输出值与目标输出值之间的差距或差异。本申请并不限制损失函数的具体形式。模型的训练过程就是通过调整模型的模型参数,使得损失函数的取值小于门限,或者使得损失函数的取值满足目标需求的过程。In addition, during the training process of a model (such as a neural network), a loss function can be defined. The loss function describes the gap or difference between the output value of the model and the target output value. This application does not limit the specific form of the loss function. The training process of the model is to adjust the model parameters of the model so that the value of the loss function is less than the threshold, or the value of the loss function meets the target requirements.

其中,模型参数可以包括如下的一种或多种:模型的结构参数(例如模型的层数、和/或权值等),例如模型为神经网络,神经网络的结构参数包括如下中的至少一种:神经网络的层数、宽度、神经元的权值、或神经元的激活函数中的参数;模型的输入参数(如输入维度、输入端口数);模型的输出参数(如输出维度、输出端口数)。可以理解,输入维度可以指的是一个输入数据的大小,例如输入数据为一个序列时,该序列对应的输入维度可以指示该序列的长度。输入端口数可以指的是输入数据的数量。类似地,输出维度可以指的是一个输出数据的大小,例如输出数据为一个序列时,该序列对应的输出维度可以指示该序列的长度。输出端口数可以指的是输出数据的数量。Among them, the model parameters may include one or more of the following: structural parameters of the model (such as the number of layers and/or weights of the model, etc.). For example, if the model is a neural network, the structural parameters of the neural network include at least one of the following: the number of layers, width, weights of neurons, or parameters in the activation function of neurons of the neural network; input parameters of the model (such as input dimension, number of input ports); output parameters of the model (such as output dimension, number of output ports). It can be understood that the input dimension may refer to the size of an input data. For example, when the input data is a sequence, the input dimension corresponding to the sequence may indicate the length of the sequence. The number of input ports may refer to the number of input data. Similarly, the output dimension may refer to the size of an output data. For example, when the output data is a sequence, the output dimension corresponding to the sequence may indicate the length of the sequence. The number of output ports may refer to the number of output data.

推理数据可以作为已训练好的模型的输入,用于模型的推理,对模型性能进行验证或监控。在模型推理过程中,将推理数据输入模型,可以得到对应的输出即为推理结果。可选的,训练数据集包括的模型的输入数据也可以被作为推理数据,用于模型的推理,对模型性能进行验证或监控。Inference data can be used as input to a trained model for inference, validation, or monitoring of model performance. During model inference, inputting inference data into the model yields the corresponding output, which is the inference result. Optionally, the model input data included in the training dataset can also be used as inference data for inference, validation, or monitoring of model performance.

A4,AI模型的设计A4, AI model design

AI模型的设计主要包括数据收集环节(例如收集训练数据和/或推理数据)、模型训练环节以及模型推理环节。进一步地还可以包括推理结果应用环节。参见图2C示意一种AI应用框架。在前述数据收集环节中,数据源(data source)用于提供训练数据集和推理数据。在模型训练环节中,通过对数据源提供的训练数据(training data)进行分析或训练,得到AI模型。其中,AI模型表征了模型的输入和输出之间的映射关系。通过模型训练节点学习得到AI模型,相当于利用训练数据学习得到模型的输入和输出之间的映射关系。在模型推理环节中,使用经由模型训练环节训练后的AI模型,基于数据源提供的推理数据进行推理,得到推理结果。该环节还可以理解为:将推理数据输入到AI模型,通过AI模型得到输出数据,该输出数据即为推理结果。该推理结果可以指示:由执行对象使用(执行)的配置参数、和/或由执行对象执行的操作。本申请中,一个AI模型可以推理得到一个参数,或者推理得到多个参数。在推理结果应用环节中进行推理结果的发布,例如推理结果可以由执行(actor)实体统一规划,例如执行实体可以发送推理结果给一个或多个执行对象(例如,核心网设备、接入网设备、终端设备或网管等)去执行。The design of an AI model primarily includes a data collection phase (e.g., collecting training data and/or inference data), a model training phase, and a model inference phase. It may further include an inference result application phase. See Figure 2C for an AI application framework. In the aforementioned data collection phase, a data source is used to provide a training data set and inference data. In the model training phase, an AI model is obtained by analyzing or training the training data provided by the data source. The AI model represents the mapping relationship between the model's input and output. Learning an AI model through model training nodes is equivalent to learning the mapping relationship between the model's input and output using training data. In the model inference phase, the AI model trained in the model training phase is used to perform inference based on the inference data provided by the data source to obtain an inference result. This phase can also be understood as: inputting inference data into the AI model, and obtaining output data through the AI model, which is the inference result. The inference result may indicate: configuration parameters used (executed) by the execution object, and/or operations performed by the execution object. In this application, an AI model can infer one parameter or multiple parameters. The reasoning results are published in the reasoning result application link. For example, the reasoning results can be uniformly planned by the execution (actor) entity. For example, the execution entity can send the reasoning results to one or more execution objects (for example, core network equipment, access network equipment, terminal equipment or network management, etc.) for execution.

下面对本申请实施例提供方法所应用的通信场景进行详细说明。The following describes in detail the communication scenarios in which the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are applied.

场景一:无线感知Scenario 1: Wireless Sensing

无线感知主要是通过获取周围环境或物体的信息,来实现目标定位或者目标追踪等功能。传统的感知技术主要是依赖于无线电波、雷达、红外线以及传感器等。例如,雷达是利用电磁波探测目标的电子设备;雷达发射电磁波对目标进行照射并接收其回波,由此获得目标至电磁波发射点的距离、距离变化率(径向速度)、方位、高度等信息。目前,雷达技术已经得到了广泛应用,比如机载、舰载、基地雷达等对目标进行检测和成像。Wireless sensing primarily achieves functions such as target location and tracking by acquiring information about the surrounding environment or objects. Traditional sensing technologies rely primarily on radio waves, radar, infrared light, and sensors. For example, radar is an electronic device that uses electromagnetic waves to detect targets. Radar transmits electromagnetic waves to illuminate the target and receives the echo, thereby obtaining information such as the distance from the target to the electromagnetic wave emission point, the rate of change of distance (radial velocity), direction, and altitude. Radar technology is currently widely used, for example in airborne, shipborne, and base-based radars for target detection and imaging.

无线通信系统主要是借助电磁波在自由空间的传播,保证通信数据的传递。而无线信号不仅可以传输数据,还可以感知环境。信号发射机产生的无线电波经由直射、反射、散射等多条路径传播,在信号接收机处形成的多径叠加信号可以反映信号多经过的环境的特征。结合图1示意的通信系统,信号发射机和信号接收机可以是相同或者不同的设备。作为示例,图3示意出几种无线感知模式中用作信号发射机和信号接收机的设备。Wireless communication systems primarily rely on the propagation of electromagnetic waves in free space to ensure the transmission of communication data. Wireless signals not only transmit data but also sense the environment. Radio waves generated by a transmitter propagate via multiple paths, including direct radiation, reflection, and scattering. The multipath signal formed at the receiver reflects the characteristics of the environment through which the signal has passed. In the communication system illustrated in Figure 1, the transmitter and receiver can be the same or different devices. As an example, Figure 3 illustrates the devices used as transmitters and receivers in several wireless sensing modes.

具体地,图3中的(a)示意出基站自发自收模式,即同一个基站作为信号发射机以及信号接收机,发送信号并接收经由目标对象反射的信号。图3中的(b)示意出基站间的协作感知模式,即第一基站作为信号发射机,第二基站作为信号接收机。图3中的(c)示意出基站作为信号发射机,UE作为信号接收机。图3中的(d)示意出UE作为信号发射机,基站作为信号接收机。图3中的(e)示意出终端自发自收模式,即同一个UE作为信号发射机以及信号接收机,发送信号并接收经由目标对象反射的信号。图3中的(f)示意出终端间的协作感知模式,即第一UE作为信号发射机,第二UE作为信号接收机。可选的,前述目标对象也可以替换描述为被感知对象。可以理解的是,前述示例体现了通信系统中UE、基站相关的无线感知,在其他场景中也可能设计非3GPP类型的传感器(例如雷达、摄像头)的感知,本申请实施例对此不予限制。Specifically, (a) in Figure 3 illustrates a base station self-transmission and self-reception mode, that is, the same base station acts as a signal transmitter and a signal receiver, sending a signal and receiving a signal reflected by a target object. (b) in Figure 3 illustrates a collaborative perception mode between base stations, that is, the first base station acts as a signal transmitter and the second base station acts as a signal receiver. (c) in Figure 3 illustrates a base station as a signal transmitter and a UE as a signal receiver. (d) in Figure 3 illustrates a UE as a signal transmitter and a base station as a signal receiver. (e) in Figure 3 illustrates a terminal self-transmission and self-reception mode, that is, the same UE acts as a signal transmitter and a signal receiver, sending a signal and receiving a signal reflected by a target object. (f) in Figure 3 illustrates a collaborative perception mode between terminals, that is, the first UE acts as a signal transmitter and the second UE acts as a signal receiver. Optionally, the aforementioned target object can also be replaced by a description of a perceived object. It can be understood that the aforementioned example reflects the wireless perception related to UE and base station in the communication system. In other scenarios, the perception of non-3GPP type sensors (such as radars and cameras) may also be designed, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.

示例性地,无线感知技术可以具体应用于如下场景:智能家居、高速公路、铁路、工厂、关键基础设施周围的物体和入侵者检测;无人机、车辆、AGV的避撞和轨迹;汽车自动驾驶和导航;公共安全搜救;降雨和洪水监测;健康和运动监测。For example, wireless sensing technology can be specifically applied to the following scenarios: object and intruder detection around smart homes, highways, railways, factories, and critical infrastructure; collision avoidance and trajectory of drones, vehicles, and AGVs; autonomous driving and navigation of cars; public safety search and rescue; rainfall and flood monitoring; and health and motion monitoring.

具体地,根据对无线感知测量数据的处理方式,可以将无限感知分为三类感知:检测类、估计类和识别类。其中,检测类是指基于感知测量数据对被感知目标的状态做出二元(或称多元)的判断,状态通常包括目标存在与否、或目标相关的事件是否发生等,例如入侵检测、车辆检测、行人检测、或者无人机检测等。估计类是指基于感知测量数据对被感知目标的参数(例如距离、速度、角度、位置等)进行估计,估计性能可以通过均方误差来衡量。识别类是指基于感知测量数据识别被感知目标是什么,例如目标物体类型识别,人类活动识别、或者事件识别等,该性能可以由识别准确率来评估。Specifically, wireless sensing can be divided into three categories based on how it processes wireless sensing measurement data: detection, estimation, and recognition. Detection involves making a binary (or multivariate) judgment on the state of a perceived target based on sensing measurement data. This state typically includes whether the target exists or not, or whether a target-related event has occurred. Examples include intrusion detection, vehicle detection, pedestrian detection, or drone detection. Estimation involves estimating parameters of the perceived target (such as distance, speed, angle, and position) based on sensing measurement data. Estimation performance can be measured using mean squared error. Recognition involves identifying the perceived target based on sensing measurement data. Examples include object type recognition, human activity recognition, and event recognition. This performance can be evaluated using recognition accuracy.

利用AI技术,可以将感知测量数据输入AI模型,输出被感知目标的状态、参数或者识别结果。Using AI technology, perception measurement data can be input into the AI model to output the status, parameters or recognition results of the perceived target.

场景二:基于AI的终端定位Scenario 2: AI-based terminal positioning

如图4示意一种通信系统,该通信系统中除包括基站、终端设备之外,还包括核心网网元,如接入和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元和位置管理服务功能(location management function,LMF)网元,该LMF网元用于估算终端设备的位置。As shown in Figure 4, a communication system includes, in addition to base stations and terminal devices, core network elements, such as access and mobility management function (AMF) network elements and location management service function (LMF) network elements. The LMF network element is used to estimate the location of the terminal device.

在图4示意的通信系统中,可以包括多个基站,多个基站可以同一制式下的基站,或者多个基站也可以是不同网络制式下的基站。例如,图4示意出一个5G基站,如gNB;以及一个可以接入5G核心网的4G基站,如ng-eNB。终端设备(图4中以UE表示)和gNB之间可以通过NR-Uu接口进行通信,如利用NR-Uu接口传输定位相关的信令。终端设备和ng-eNB之间通过LTE-Uu接口进行通信,如利用LTE-Uu接口传输定位相关的信令。gNB和AMF之间通过NG-C接口进行通信,ng-eNB和AMF之间通过NG-C接口进行通信,例如NG-C接口可以用于传输定位相关的信令。AMF和LMF之间通过NL1接口进行通信,例如利用NL1接口传输定位相关的信令。The communication system illustrated in Figure 4 may include multiple base stations. These base stations may be of the same standard or of different network standards. For example, Figure 4 illustrates a 5G base station, such as a gNB, and a 4G base station, such as an ng-eNB, that can access the 5G core network. A terminal device (represented by a UE in Figure 4) and the gNB can communicate via the NR-Uu interface, for example, using the NR-Uu interface to transmit positioning-related signaling. The terminal device and the ng-eNB can communicate via the LTE-Uu interface, for example, using the LTE-Uu interface to transmit positioning-related signaling. The gNB and the AMF can communicate via the NG-C interface, and the ng-eNB and the AMF can communicate via the NG-C interface, for example, for transmitting positioning-related signaling. The AMF and the LMF can communicate via the NL1 interface, for example, using the NL1 interface to transmit positioning-related signaling.

其中,LMF中部署有用于终端设备定位的模型,利用LMF中的模型确定终端设备的位置的方式主要应用于下行定位场景和上行定位场景。Among them, a model for terminal device positioning is deployed in LMF, and the method of using the model in LMF to determine the position of the terminal device is mainly used in downlink positioning scenarios and uplink positioning scenarios.

(一)在下行定位场景中,多个基站或者基站的小区节点向终端设备发送定位参考信号(positioning reference signal,PRS),终端设备测量PRS获取下行信道响应。在一种可能的实现中,终端设备中可以部署用于定位的AI模型,终端设备可以将获取的多个下行信道响应输入至该AI模型,该AI模型输出终端设备的位置信息。在另一种可能的实现中,LMF中可以部署用于定位的AI模型。终端设备可以将获取的下行信道响应上报给LMF,或者终端设备可以基于AI模型从获取的下行信道响应提取特征,并将该基于下行信道响应的特征上报给LMF。LMF可以将获取的下行信道响应或者基于下行信道响应的特征输入至用于定位的AI模型,该用于定位的AI模型输出终端设备的位置信息。(1) In the downlink positioning scenario, multiple base stations or cell nodes of base stations send positioning reference signals (PRS) to the terminal device, and the terminal device measures the PRS to obtain the downlink channel response. In one possible implementation, an AI model for positioning can be deployed in the terminal device, and the terminal device can input the multiple downlink channel responses obtained into the AI model, and the AI model outputs the location information of the terminal device. In another possible implementation, an AI model for positioning can be deployed in the LMF. The terminal device can report the obtained downlink channel response to the LMF, or the terminal device can extract features from the obtained downlink channel response based on the AI model and report the features based on the downlink channel response to the LMF. The LMF can input the obtained downlink channel response or the features based on the downlink channel response into the AI model for positioning, and the AI model for positioning outputs the location information of the terminal device.

示例性的,例如图5A示意一种基于AI的下行定位场景,示意出用于定位的AI模型部署在LMF侧,多个基站,即基站1、基站2、基站3向终端设备发送PRS,终端设备测量多个PRS获取多个下行信道响应,即信道响应1、信道响应2、信道响应3。终端设备向LMF发送多个下行信道响应,LMF将多个下行信道响应作为用于定位的AI模型的输入,输出终端设备的位置信息。For example, Figure 5A illustrates an AI-based downlink positioning scenario, showing that the AI model for positioning is deployed on the LMF side. Multiple base stations, namely base station 1, base station 2, and base station 3, send PRSs to the terminal device. The terminal device measures the multiple PRSs to obtain multiple downlink channel responses, namely channel response 1, channel response 2, and channel response 3. The terminal device sends the multiple downlink channel responses to the LMF, which uses the multiple downlink channel responses as input to the AI model for positioning and outputs the location information of the terminal device.

又如图5B示意另一种基于AI的下行定位场景,可以将AI模型部署在终端设备以及LMF侧,终端设备测量多个基站的PRS获取多个下行信道响应,即信道响应1、信道响应2、信道响应3。终端设备基于自身部署的AI模型,将获取的多个下行信道响应作为该AI模型的输入,输出基于多个下行信道响应的特征,简称多个信道特征,包括信道特征1、信道特征2、信道特征3。终端设备向LMF发送多个信道特征。LMF将多个下行信道响应作为用于定位的AI模型的输入,输出终端设备的位置信息。可以理解的是,图5B所示意的方法中,由LMF输出终端设备的位置,但不同于图5B所示意的方法中LMF中AI模型的输入信息为信道响应,图5B中,LMF中AI模型的输入信息为终端设备获得的信道响应的特征。FIG5B illustrates another AI-based downlink positioning scenario. The AI model can be deployed on the terminal device and the LMF side. The terminal device measures the PRSs of multiple base stations to obtain multiple downlink channel responses, namely, channel response 1, channel response 2, and channel response 3. Based on its deployed AI model, the terminal device uses the obtained multiple downlink channel responses as input to the AI model and outputs features based on the multiple downlink channel responses, referred to as multiple channel features, including channel feature 1, channel feature 2, and channel feature 3. The terminal device sends the multiple channel features to the LMF. The LMF uses the multiple downlink channel responses as input to the AI model used for positioning and outputs the terminal device's location information. It will be understood that in the method illustrated in FIG5B , the LMF outputs the terminal device's location. However, unlike the method illustrated in FIG5B , where the input information for the AI model in the LMF is the channel response, in FIG5B , the input information for the AI model in the LMF is the features of the channel response obtained by the terminal device.

可以理解的是,以上终端设备的AI模型,可以位于终端设备内,也可以位于与终端设备通信的另一设备中,如云端服务器。以上描述的下行信道响应可以是可选的,前述下行信道响应可以是信道脉冲响应(channel impulse response,CIR)、功率时延谱(power delay profile,PDP)、信道频域响应(channel frequency response,CFR)、终端设备对应的到达角度(angle of arrival,AOA)和/或终端设备对应的到达时间(time of arrival,TOA)。It is understandable that the AI model of the terminal device described above can be located within the terminal device or in another device that communicates with the terminal device, such as a cloud server. The downlink channel response described above may be optional. The downlink channel response may be a channel impulse response (CIR), a power delay profile (PDP), a channel frequency response (CFR), an angle of arrival (AOA) corresponding to the terminal device, and/or a time of arrival (TOA) corresponding to the terminal device.

(二)在上行定位场景中,终端设备可以向基站或基站的小区节点发送探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS),基站或基站的小区测量SRS获取上行信道响应,进而基站或基站的小区节点可以将获取的上行信道响应上报给位置管理功能(location management function,LMF)网元,LMF网元也可以简称为LMF;或者,基站或基站的小区节点也可以基于AI模型从获取的上行信道响应提取特征,并将该基于上行信道响应的特征上报给LMF。进而LMF可以根据用于定位的AI模型和获取的上行信道响应或者基于上行信道响应的特征,确定终端设备的位置。(2) In the uplink positioning scenario, the terminal device may send a sounding reference signal (SRS) to the base station or the base station's cell node. The base station or the base station's cell node measures the SRS to obtain an uplink channel response. The base station or the base station's cell node may then report the obtained uplink channel response to a location management function (LMF) network element, which may also be referred to as an LMF. Alternatively, the base station or the base station's cell node may extract features from the obtained uplink channel response based on an AI model and report the features based on the uplink channel response to the LMF. The LMF may then determine the terminal device's location based on the AI model used for positioning and the obtained uplink channel response or the features based on the uplink channel response.

示例性的,如图6A示意一种基于AI的上行定位场景,可以将AI模型部署在LMF侧,多个基站,即基站1、基站2、基站3分别向LMF发送信道响应(即上行信道响应),LMF将多个基站的信道响应作为AI模型的输入,输出终端设备的位置信息。For example, as shown in Figure 6A, an AI-based uplink positioning scenario can be deployed on the LMF side. Multiple base stations, namely base station 1, base station 2, and base station 3, respectively send channel responses (i.e., uplink channel responses) to the LMF. The LMF uses the channel responses of multiple base stations as input to the AI model and outputs the location information of the terminal device.

示例性的,如图6B示意另一种基于AI的上行定位场景,可以将AI模型部署在基站以及LMF侧,多个基站中每个基站基于AI模型,将获取的信道响应作为该AI模型的输入,输出基于信道响应的特征,简称信道特征。进而,多个基站中每个基站向LMF发送信道特征。LMF基于自身部署的用于定位的AI模型,将多个基站的信道特征作为该用于定位的AI模型的输入,输出终端设备的位置信息。可以理解的是,图6B所示意的方法中,由LMF输出终端设备的位置,但不同于图6A所示意的方法中LMF中AI模型的输入信息为信道响应,图6B中,LMF中AI模型的输入信息为终端设备获得的信道响应的特征。For example, as shown in FIG6B , another AI-based uplink positioning scenario is illustrated. The AI model can be deployed on the base station and LMF sides. Each of the multiple base stations uses the acquired channel response as the input of the AI model based on the AI model and outputs features based on the channel response, referred to as channel features. Furthermore, each of the multiple base stations sends the channel features to the LMF. Based on the AI model for positioning deployed by itself, the LMF uses the channel features of multiple base stations as the input of the AI model for positioning and outputs the location information of the terminal device. It can be understood that in the method illustrated in FIG6B , the location of the terminal device is output by the LMF, but unlike the method illustrated in FIG6A , the input information of the AI model in the LMF is the channel response. In FIG6B , the input information of the AI model in the LMF is the feature of the channel response obtained by the terminal device.

以上描述的上行信道响应可以是信道脉冲响应CIR、功率时延谱PDP、信道频域响应CFR、基站对应的到达角度AOA和/或基站对应的到达时间TOA。此外可以理解的是,基于AI的定位也视为无线感知估计类的一种情况。The uplink channel response described above may be a channel impulse response (CIR), a power delay profile (PDP), a channel frequency domain response (CFR), an angle of arrival (AOA) corresponding to a base station, and/or a time of arrival (TOA) corresponding to a base station. Furthermore, it is understood that AI-based positioning is also considered a case of wireless sensing estimation.

目前在基于AI的无线感知场景中,存在网元之间传输信道估计结果造成不必要传输资源浪费的情况,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,能够减少传输资源浪费。下面对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行详细说明。Currently, in AI-based wireless sensing scenarios, transmission channel estimation results between network elements sometimes lead to unnecessary waste of transmission resources. The present application provides a communication method that can reduce this waste of transmission resources. The communication method provided in the present application is described in detail below.

如图7示意一种通信方法,该方法主要包括如下步骤。FIG7 shows a communication method, which mainly includes the following steps.

S701,第二网元对M个参考信号中第m个参考信号测量得到一个或多个测量结果。S701: A second network element measures an mth reference signal among M reference signals to obtain one or more measurement results.

其中,M为正整数,即M的取值大于或等于1,m为小于或等于M的正整数,如m依次取遍1至M的整数。可选的,M的取值可以是第一网元指示给第二网元的,或者M的取值可以是第二网元自行确定并通知给第一网元的,又或者M的取值可以是预配置好的,本申请实施例对此不予限制。Wherein, M is a positive integer, i.e., the value of M is greater than or equal to 1, and m is a positive integer less than or equal to M, such as m sequentially takes integers from 1 to M. Optionally, the value of M may be indicated by the first network element to the second network element, or the value of M may be determined by the second network element and notified to the first network element, or the value of M may be pre-configured, and this embodiment of the present application is not limited in this regard.

示例性地,对某一参考信号测量得到的测量结果可以包括以下中的一个或多个:参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP)、接收信号强度指示(receive signal strength indicator,RSSI)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ)、信号干扰噪声比(signal to interfere plus noise ratio,SINR)。以第二网元对第m个参考信号测量得到两个测量结果即第一测量结果和第二测量结果为例,第一测量结果可以指的是RSRP、RSSI、RSRQ或SINR中的一个,第二测量结果可以指的是RSRP、RSSI、RSRQ或SINR中的一个,第一测量结果与第二测量结果不同。Illustratively, a measurement result obtained for a reference signal may include one or more of the following: reference signal received power (RSRP), received signal strength indicator (RSSI), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), and signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio (SINR). For example, a second network element may obtain two measurement results, namely, a first measurement result and a second measurement result, by measuring the mth reference signal. The first measurement result may be one of RSRP, RSSI, RSRQ, or SINR, and the second measurement result may be one of RSRP, RSSI, RSRQ, or SINR. The first measurement result is different from the second measurement result.

可以理解的是,第二网元可以接收来自其他网元的参考信号,基于对参考信号的测量来实现其他网元和第二网元之间信道的测量。当M大于1时,M个参考信号可以来自于一个或多个其他网元,本申请实施例对此不予限制。基于此,第二网元也可以理解为用于测量信道的网元,第二网元也可以被替换描述为信道测量网元。应用于无线感知场景中,第二网元可以是感知网元或称感知数据测量网元,第二网元接收经历过被感知目标的参考信号,基于对参考信号的测量实现被感知目标到第二网元之间信道的测量。It is understandable that the second network element can receive reference signals from other network elements, and implement the measurement of the channel between the other network elements and the second network element based on the measurement of the reference signals. When M is greater than 1, the M reference signals can come from one or more other network elements, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this. Based on this, the second network element can also be understood as a network element for measuring channels, and the second network element can also be replaced and described as a channel measurement network element. Applied to wireless sensing scenarios, the second network element can be a sensing network element or a sensing data measurement network element. The second network element receives the reference signal that has passed through the sensed target, and implements the measurement of the channel between the sensed target and the second network element based on the measurement of the reference signal.

S702,第二网元向第一网元发送M个信道报告。S702: The second network element sends M channel reports to the first network element.

其中,对应于第二网元替换描述为信道测量网元的情况,第一网元也可以理解为用于对信道测量结果分析的网元,即第一网元也可以被替换描述为信息处理网元。可选的,第二网元可以通过K个信令向第一网元发送M个信道报告;其中,K为1,即第二网元可以将M个信道报告包含于一个信令中,向第一网元发送该一个信令;或者,K为M,即第二网元向第一网元发送M个信令,M个信令中每个信令包含M个信道报告中的一个信道报告,且M个信令中不同信令包含的信道报告不同;或者,K为大于1且小于M的整数,则第二网元向第一网元发送K个信令,K个信令中每个信令包括M个信道报告中至少一个信道报告,K个信令中存在至少一个信令包括M个信道报告中的至少两个信道报告。In the case where the second network element is replaced by a channel measurement network element, the first network element can also be understood as a network element for analyzing channel measurement results, that is, the first network element can also be replaced by an information processing network element. Optionally, the second network element can send M channel reports to the first network element via K signaling; wherein K is 1, that is, the second network element can include the M channel reports in one signaling and send the one signaling to the first network element; or, K is M, that is, the second network element sends M signaling to the first network element, each of the M signaling includes one channel report among the M channel reports, and different signalings among the M signalings include different channel reports; or, K is an integer greater than 1 and less than M, then the second network element sends K signaling to the first network element, each of the K signalings includes at least one channel report among the M channel reports, and there is at least one signaling among the K signalings that includes at least two channel reports among the M channel reports.

M个信道报告与M个参考信号一一对应,该S702步骤也可以理解为:第二网元对M个参考信号中第m个参考信号测量得到的一个或多个测量结果,发送M个信道报告中的第m个信道报告。The M channel reports correspond one-to-one to the M reference signals. Step S702 may also be understood as: the second network element obtains one or more measurement results by measuring the mth reference signal among the M reference signals, and sends the mth channel report among the M channel reports.

以第二网元对M个参考信号中第m个参考信号测量得到第一测量结果和第二测量结果为例,可以针对第m个参考信号测量得到第一测量结果配置第m个参考信号对应的第一条件,该第一条件用于第二网元决策在第m个信道报告中包括的内容,即第二网元可以在第m个参考信号对应的第一条件的约束下,有选择性地向第一网元发送第m个信道报告。第一条件也可以替换描述为第一准则或者其他名称,本申请实施例对此不予限制。例如在第一测量结果满足该第m个参考信号对应的第一条件时,所述第m个信道报告包括以下中的一项或多项:对所述第m个参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果;对第m个参考信号测量得到的第二测量结果;基于第m个参考信号获得的信道信息。又如在第一测量结果不满足该第m个参考信号对应的第一条件时,所述第m个信道报告包括所述第一测量结果或第二测量结果。Taking the example of the second network element measuring the mth reference signal among M reference signals to obtain the first measurement result and the second measurement result, a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal can be configured for the first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal. The first condition is used by the second network element to decide the content included in the mth channel report, that is, the second network element can selectively send the mth channel report to the first network element under the constraint of the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal. The first condition can also be replaced by describing it as a first criterion or other names, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this. For example, when the first measurement result meets the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes one or more of the following: the first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; the second measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal; and the channel information obtained based on the mth reference signal. For another example, when the first measurement result does not meet the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes the first measurement result or the second measurement result.

可选的,第m个参考信号对应的第一条件可以是协议定义好的,或者第m个参考信号对应的第一条件可以是预先配置在第二网元中的,又或者第一网元向第二网元指示第m个参考信号对应的第一条件。作为示例,图7中以虚线示意出可选步骤S700:第一网元向第二网元发送第一信息,该第一信息指示第m个参考信号对应的第一条件。可以理解的是,在执行S700的情况下,S700与S701同时执行,或者先执行S700后执行S701,或者先执行S701后执行S700,本申请实施例对此不予限制。Optionally, the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal may be defined by the protocol, or the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal may be pre-configured in the second network element, or the first network element may indicate the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal to the second network element. As an example, FIG7 illustrates the optional step S700 with a dotted line: the first network element sends first information to the second network element, and the first information indicates the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal. It is understandable that, when executing S700, S700 and S701 are executed simultaneously, or S700 is executed first and then S701, or S701 is executed first and then S700, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.

示例性地,第m个参考信号对应的第一条件指示对第m个参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果需要满足的参数范围,表现为:如果第二网元对第m个参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果包含于该参数范围,则可确定该第一测量结果满足第m个参考信号对应的第一条件;如果第二网元对第m个参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果不包含于该参数范围,则可确定该第一测量结果不满足第一条件。Exemplarily, the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal indicates a parameter range that the first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal needs to meet, which is manifested as: if the first measurement result obtained by the second network element measuring the mth reference signal is included in the parameter range, it can be determined that the first measurement result meets the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal; if the first measurement result obtained by the second network element measuring the mth reference signal is not included in the parameter range, it can be determined that the first measurement result does not meet the first condition.

示例性地,第m个参考信号对应的第一条件指示对第m个参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果需要达到的阈值,表现为:如果第二网元对第m个参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果大于或等于该阈值,则可确定该第一测量结果满足第m个参考信号对应的第一条件;如果第二网元对第m个参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果小于该阈值,则可确定该第一测量结果不满足第一条件。Exemplarily, the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal indicates a threshold that the first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal needs to reach, which is manifested as: if the first measurement result obtained by the second network element measuring the mth reference signal is greater than or equal to the threshold, it can be determined that the first measurement result meets the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal; if the first measurement result obtained by the second network element measuring the mth reference signal is less than the threshold, it can be determined that the first measurement result does not meet the first condition.

此外,在一种可能的设计中,M个参考信号分别对应的第一条件可以相同,即在m的取值不同时,第m个参考信号对应的第一条件相同,基于该设计,S700中描述的第一信息中携带的第一条件的数量为1个。在第一条件指示参数范围的示例中,M个参考信号分别对应的第一条件相同可以理解为:M个参考信号分别对应的参数范围的取值相同,即在m的取值不同时第m个参考信号对应的范围参数的取值相同;在第一条件指示阈值的示例中,M个参考信号分别对应的第一条件相同可以理解为:M个参考信号分别对应的阈值的取值相同,即在m的取值不同时第m个参考信号对应的阈值的取值相同。Furthermore, in one possible design, the first conditions corresponding to the M reference signals may be the same, that is, when the value of m is different, the first conditions corresponding to the m-th reference signal are the same. Based on this design, the number of first conditions carried in the first information described in S700 is 1. In the example where the first condition indicates a parameter range, the first conditions corresponding to the M reference signals being the same can be understood as: the parameter ranges corresponding to the M reference signals being the same, that is, when the value of m is different, the range parameter values corresponding to the m-th reference signal being the same; in the example where the first condition indicates a threshold, the first conditions corresponding to the M reference signals being the same can be understood as: the threshold values corresponding to the M reference signals being the same, that is, when the value of m is different, the threshold values corresponding to the m-th reference signal being the same.

在另一种可能的设计中,M个参考信号分别对应的第一条件也可以不同,即在m的取值不同时,第m个参考信号对应的第一条件不同,基于该设计,S700中描述的第一信息中携带的第一条件的数量为M个。在第一条件指示参数范围的示例中,M个参考信号分别对应的第一条件不同可以理解为:M个参考信号分别对应的参数范围的取值不同,即在m的取值不同时第m个参考信号对应的范围参数的取值不同;在第一条件指示阈值的示例中,M个参考信号分别对应的第一条件不同可以理解为:M个参考信号分别对应的阈值的取值不同,即在m的取值不同时第m个参考信号对应的阈值的取值不同。In another possible design, the first conditions corresponding to the M reference signals may be different, that is, when the value of m is different, the first condition corresponding to the m-th reference signal is different. Based on this design, the number of first conditions carried in the first information described in S700 is M. In the example where the first condition indicates a parameter range, the different first conditions corresponding to the M reference signals can be understood as: the M reference signals respectively corresponding to different parameter ranges have different values, that is, when the value of m is different, the value of the range parameter corresponding to the m-th reference signal is different; in the example where the first condition indicates a threshold, the different first conditions corresponding to the M reference signals can be understood as: the M reference signals respectively corresponding to different threshold values, that is, when the value of m is different, the value of the threshold corresponding to the m-th reference signal is different.

基于上述设计,在第一测量结果满足第一条件的情况下,才存在信道估计结果(即信道信息)的传输可能,这样的设计能够减少传输资源浪费。Based on the above design, the channel estimation result (ie, channel information) may be transmitted only when the first measurement result satisfies the first condition. Such a design can reduce the waste of transmission resources.

进一步地,第一网元可以利用AI技术,基于接收到的M个第一信道报告进行无线感知得到对应的感知结果。例如,在执行S702后,还可以执行如下步骤S703。可以理解的是,S703作为可选步骤在图7中以虚线示意。Furthermore, the first network element may utilize AI technology to perform wireless sensing based on the received M first channel reports to obtain corresponding sensing results. For example, after executing S702, step S703 may also be executed. It is understood that S703 is indicated as an optional step by a dotted line in FIG7 .

S703,第一网元根据M个信道报告和至少一个模型,确定感知结果。S703: The first network element determines a perception result according to the M channel reports and at least one model.

在一种可能的实现中,第一网元可以根据M个信道报告和第一模型,确定第一感知结果。In a possible implementation, the first network element may determine the first perception result based on M channel reports and the first model.

其中,第一模型是基于历史接收的多个信道报告和/或信道报告相关的数据集训练得到的,第一模型用于从输入数据中分析出对应的感知结果。在该实现中,所述第一模型的输入是基于所述M个信道报告确定的,所述第一模型的输出包括所述第一感知结果。例如M为1时,第一模型的输入可以包括1个信道报告中携带的信息;例如M大于1时,第一模型的输入可以包括M个信道报告分别携带的信息拼接在一起后的信息;又如M大于1时,可以对M个信道报告分别携带的信息进行相同的预处理得到多个预处理信息,将多个预处理信息作为第一模型的输入。Among them, the first model is obtained by training based on multiple channel reports and/or data sets related to channel reports received historically, and the first model is used to analyze the corresponding perception results from the input data. In this implementation, the input of the first model is determined based on the M channel reports, and the output of the first model includes the first perception result. For example, when M is 1, the input of the first model may include the information carried in one channel report; for example, when M is greater than 1, the input of the first model may include the information after the information carried by the M channel reports is spliced together; for example, when M is greater than 1, the information carried by the M channel reports may be subjected to the same preprocessing to obtain multiple preprocessed information, and the multiple preprocessed information may be used as the input of the first model.

在另一种可能的实现中,当M大于1时,第一网元可以根据M个信道报告和M个模型,分别确定M个感知结果;其中,M个模型与M个信道报告一一对应,M个模型中第m个模型的输入是基于M个信道报告中第m个进而将M个感知结果进行融合,得到最终的一个感知结果。In another possible implementation, when M is greater than 1, the first network element can determine M perception results based on M channel reports and M models respectively; wherein the M models correspond one-to-one to the M channel reports, and the input of the mth model among the M models is based on the mth model in the M channel reports, and then the M perception results are fused to obtain a final perception result.

为便于实施,以前述M等于1为例,在图8中示意一种通信方法,该方法主要包括如下步骤。For ease of implementation, taking the aforementioned M equal to 1 as an example, FIG8 illustrates a communication method, which mainly includes the following steps.

S801,第一网元向第二网元发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一条件。S801. A first network element sends first information to a second network element, where the first information is used to indicate a first condition.

其中,第一条件的定义可以参考上述S702下的描述理解。此外,参照图7描述的方案,还可以理解的是:第一条件也可以是协议定义或预先配置在第二网元中的,在此情况下,第一网元无需发送第一信息,因此S801是一个可选步骤,在图8中以虚线示意。The definition of the first condition can be understood by referring to the description under S702 above. In addition, referring to the solution described in FIG7 , it can also be understood that the first condition can also be defined by the protocol or pre-configured in the second network element. In this case, the first network element does not need to send the first information, so S801 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG8 .

S802,第二网元根据第一条件,向第一网元发送第一信道报告。S802: The second network element sends a first channel report to the first network element according to the first condition.

例如第二网元接收第一参考信号,并对第一参考信号测量得到第一测量结果和第二测量结果;其中,第一条件是针对第一测量结果配置的,第二网元可以判断第一测量结果是否满足第一条件,并根据判断结果确定第一信道报告中包括的信息。For example, the second network element receives a first reference signal and measures the first reference signal to obtain a first measurement result and a second measurement result; wherein the first condition is configured for the first measurement result, the second network element can determine whether the first measurement result meets the first condition, and determine the information included in the first channel report based on the judgment result.

在一种可能的实现中,在所述第二网元对第一参考信号测量的第一测量结果满足所述第一条件时,第二网元基于第一参考信号获得(如估计得到)第一信道信息,并在所述第一信道报告中包括以下中的一项或多项:第一测量结果;第二测量结果;第一信道信息。In one possible implementation, when the first measurement result of the second network element measuring the first reference signal meets the first condition, the second network element obtains (such as estimating) first channel information based on the first reference signal, and includes one or more of the following in the first channel report: the first measurement result; the second measurement result; the first channel information.

例如第一测量结果包括第一参考信号对应的SINR,第二测量结果包括第一参考信号对应的RSRP、RSSI或RSRQ。第一条件指示SINR对应的阈值如10dB,在第一参考信号对应的SINR大于或等于10dB的情况下,第二网元可以确定第一测量结果满足第一条件,则基于第一参考信号估计第一信道信息,并在第一信道报告中携带第一测量结果(即SINR)、第二测量结果(如RSRP)、以及第一信道信息中的至少一项。下面以第一测量结果满足第一条件,第一信道报告包括第一测量结果(SINR)和第一信道信息为例进行详细说明。For example, the first measurement result includes the SINR corresponding to the first reference signal, and the second measurement result includes the RSRP, RSSI, or RSRQ corresponding to the first reference signal. The first condition indicates a threshold corresponding to the SINR, such as 10dB. When the SINR corresponding to the first reference signal is greater than or equal to 10dB, the second network element can determine that the first measurement result meets the first condition, and then estimate the first channel information based on the first reference signal, and carry at least one of the first measurement result (i.e., SINR), the second measurement result (such as RSRP), and the first channel information in the first channel report. The following is a detailed description using the example where the first measurement result meets the first condition and the first channel report includes the first measurement result (SINR) and the first channel information.

以图3中的(c)示意的无线感知场景为例,第二网元可以是UE,第一网元可以是例如SMF、或者AMF等核心网设备。UE接收来自基站的第一参考信号可以是PRS、信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)或者解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)。以第一参考信号是PRS为例,UE测量PRS得到第一测量结果为PRS对应的SINR,在该PRS对应的SINR大于或等于10dB的情况,UE可以确定第一测量结果满足第一条件,则UE基于PRS估计得到的第一信道信息可以是前文描述的下行信道响应,进而UE可以在发送给核心网设备的第一信道报告中携带PRS对应的SINR以及下行信道响应。Taking the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (c) of Figure 3 as an example, the second network element may be a UE, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or an AMF. The first reference signal received by the UE from the base station may be a PRS, a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), or a demodulation reference signal (DMRS). Taking the first reference signal being a PRS as an example, the UE measures the PRS and obtains a first measurement result that is the SINR corresponding to the PRS. When the SINR corresponding to the PRS is greater than or equal to 10dB, the UE may determine that the first measurement result meets the first condition. The first channel information estimated by the UE based on the PRS may be the downlink channel response described above, and the UE may carry the SINR corresponding to the PRS and the downlink channel response in the first channel report sent to the core network device.

以图3中的(d)示意的无线感知场景为例,第二网元可以是基站,第一网元可以是例如SMF、或者AMF等核心网设备。基站接收来自UE的第一参考信号可以是SRS,基站测量SRS得到第一测量结果为SRS对应的SINR。在该SRS对应的SINR大于或等于10dB的情况,基站可以确定第一测量结果满足第一条件,则基站基于SRS估计得到第一信道信息可以是前文描述的上行信道响应,进而基站可以发送给核心网设备的第一信道报告中携带SRS对应的SINR以及上行信道响应。Taking the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (d) in Figure 3 as an example, the second network element may be a base station, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or an AMF. The first reference signal received by the base station from the UE may be an SRS, and the base station measures the SRS to obtain a first measurement result which is the SINR corresponding to the SRS. When the SINR corresponding to the SRS is greater than or equal to 10dB, the base station may determine that the first measurement result meets the first condition, and the first channel information estimated by the base station based on the SRS may be the uplink channel response described above, and the first channel report that the base station may send to the core network device carries the SINR corresponding to the SRS and the uplink channel response.

以图3中的(f)示意的无线感知场景为例,第二网元可以是第二UE,第一网元可以是基站。第二UE接收来自第一UE的第一参考信号可以是SL-PRS,第二UE测量SL-PRS得到第一测量结果为SL-PRS对应的SINR。在该SL-PRS对应的SINR大于或等于10dB的情况,第二UE可以确定第一测量结果满足第一条件,进而第二UE可以发送给基站的第一信道报告中携带SL-PRS对应的SINR以及第一信道信息。Taking the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (f) of Figure 3 as an example, the second network element may be a second UE, and the first network element may be a base station. The first reference signal received by the second UE from the first UE may be an SL-PRS, and the second UE measures the SL-PRS to obtain a first measurement result as the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS. When the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS is greater than or equal to 10dB, the second UE may determine that the first measurement result satisfies the first condition, and the second UE may send a first channel report to the base station that carries the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS and the first channel information.

在另一种可能的实现中,在所述第二网元对第一参考信号测量的第一测量结果不满足所述第一条件时,第二网元不执行基于第一参考信号估计第一信道信息的操作,在所述第一信道报告中包括所述第一测量结果或第二测量结果,但不包括前述第一信道信息。In another possible implementation, when the first measurement result of the second network element measuring the first reference signal does not meet the first condition, the second network element does not perform the operation of estimating the first channel information based on the first reference signal, and includes the first measurement result or the second measurement result in the first channel report, but does not include the aforementioned first channel information.

例如第一测量结果包括第一参考信号对应的SINR,第二测量结果包括第一参考信号对应的RSRP、RSSI或RSRQ。第一条件指示SINR对应的阈值如10dB,在第一参考信号对应的SINR小于10dB的情况下,第二网元可以确定第一测量结果不满足第一条件,则在第一信道报告中携带第一测量结果(即SINR)或第二测量结果(如RSRP)。下面以第一测量结果不满足第一条件,第一信道报告仅包括第一测量结果(SINR)为例进行详细说明。For example, the first measurement result includes the SINR corresponding to the first reference signal, and the second measurement result includes the RSRP, RSSI, or RSRQ corresponding to the first reference signal. The first condition indicates a threshold corresponding to the SINR, such as 10 dB. If the SINR corresponding to the first reference signal is less than 10 dB, the second network element can determine that the first measurement result does not meet the first condition, and then carry the first measurement result (i.e., SINR) or the second measurement result (such as RSRP) in the first channel report. The following is a detailed description using the example where the first measurement result does not meet the first condition and the first channel report only includes the first measurement result (SINR).

以图3中的(c)示意的无线感知场景为例,第二网元可以是UE,第一网元可以是例如SMF、或者AMF等核心网设备。UE接收来自基站的第一参考信号可以是CSI-RS、DMRS、或者PRS,以第一参考信号是PRS为例,UE测量PRS得到第一测量结果为PRS对应的SINR。在该PRS对应的SINR小于10dB的情况,UE可以确定第一测量结果不满足第一条件,则UE可以在发送给核心网设备的第一信道报告中仅携带PRS对应的SINR。Taking the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (c) of Figure 3 as an example, the second network element may be a UE, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF. The first reference signal received by the UE from the base station may be a CSI-RS, a DMRS, or a PRS. Taking the first reference signal being a PRS as an example, the UE measures the PRS and obtains a first measurement result that is the SINR corresponding to the PRS. If the SINR corresponding to the PRS is less than 10 dB, the UE may determine that the first measurement result does not meet the first condition, and the UE may then carry only the SINR corresponding to the PRS in the first channel report sent to the core network device.

以图3中的(d)示意的无线感知场景为例,第二网元可以是基站,第一网元可以是例如SMF、或者AMF等核心网设备。基站接收来自UE的第一参考信号可以是SRS,基站测量SRS得到第一测量结果为SRS对应的SINR。在该SRS对应的SINR小于10dB的情况,基站可以确定第一测量结果不满足第一条件,则基站可以发送给核心网设备的第一信道报告中仅携带SRS对应的SINR。Taking the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (d) of Figure 3 as an example, the second network element may be a base station, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF. The first reference signal received by the base station from the UE may be an SRS, and the base station measures the SRS to obtain a first measurement result that is the SINR corresponding to the SRS. If the SINR corresponding to the SRS is less than 10dB, the base station may determine that the first measurement result does not meet the first condition, and the base station may send a first channel report to the core network device that only carries the SINR corresponding to the SRS.

以图3中的(f)示意的无线感知场景为例,第二网元可以是第二UE,第一网元可以是基站。第二UE接收来自第一UE的第一参考信号可以是SL-PRS,第二UE测量SL-PRS得到第一测量结果为SL-PRS对应的SINR。在该SL-PRS对应的SINR小于10dB的情况,第二UE可以确定第一测量结果不满足第一条件,进而第二UE可以发送给基站的第一信道报告中仅携带SL-PRS对应的SINR。Taking the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (f) of Figure 3 as an example, the second network element may be a second UE, and the first network element may be a base station. The first reference signal received by the second UE from the first UE may be an SL-PRS, and the second UE measures the SL-PRS to obtain a first measurement result that is the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS. When the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS is less than 10dB, the second UE may determine that the first measurement result does not meet the first condition, and then the second UE may send a first channel report to the base station that only carries the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS.

上述实施例中,通过配置第一条件,控制减少信道测量网元发送第一信道报告的数据量,能够减少传输资源的浪费。In the above embodiment, by configuring the first condition, the amount of data in the first channel report sent by the channel measurement network element is controlled to be reduced, thereby reducing the waste of transmission resources.

进一步可选的,第一网元可以利用AI技术,基于接收到的第一信道报告确定无线感知的结果。例如,在执行S802后,还可以执行如下步骤S803。可以理解的是,S803作为可选步骤在图8中以虚线示意。Further optionally, the first network element may utilize AI technology to determine the result of wireless sensing based on the received first channel report. For example, after executing S802, step S803 may also be executed. It is understood that step S803 is indicated as an optional step in FIG8 by a dotted line.

S803,第一网元根据所述第一信道报告和第一模型,确定第一感知结果。S803: The first network element determines a first perception result according to the first channel report and the first model.

可以理解的是,第一模型是基于历史接收的多个信道报告和/或信道报告相关的数据集训练得到的,第一模型用于从输入数据中分析出对应的感知结果。在步骤S803中,所述第一模型的输入是基于所述第一信道报告确定的,所述第一模型的输出包括所述第一感知结果。It is understood that the first model is trained based on multiple channel reports and/or data sets related to channel reports received historically, and the first model is used to analyze the corresponding perception results from the input data. In step S803, the input of the first model is determined based on the first channel report, and the output of the first model includes the first perception result.

以图3中的(c)示意的无线感知场景为例,第二网元可以是UE,第一网元可以是例如SMF、或者AMF等核心网设备。在基站向UE发送的PRS对应的SINR大于或等于10dB的情况下,核心网设备接收到的第一信道报告中包括PRS对应的SINR以及第一信道信息,核心网设备将PRS对应的SINR以及第一信道信息输入到第一模型;在基站向UE发送的PRS对应的SINR小于10dB的情况下,核心网设备接收到的第一信道报告中包括PRS对应的SINR,核心网设备将PRS对应的SINR输入到第一模型;在这两种情况中,假设无线感知的目标对象包括行人,则第一模型输出的第一感知结果指示目标对象为行人,或者第一感知结果指示行人的状态,例如静止、行走、跑步或者摔倒等。Taking the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (c) of Figure 3 as an example, the second network element may be a UE, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or an AMF. When the SINR corresponding to the PRS sent by the base station to the UE is greater than or equal to 10 dB, the first channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the PRS and the first channel information, and the core network device inputs the SINR corresponding to the PRS and the first channel information into the first model; when the SINR corresponding to the PRS sent by the base station to the UE is less than 10 dB, the first channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the PRS, and the core network device inputs the SINR corresponding to the PRS into the first model; in these two cases, assuming that the target object of the wireless sensing includes a pedestrian, the first sensing result output by the first model indicates that the target object is a pedestrian, or the first sensing result indicates the state of the pedestrian, such as stationary, walking, running, or falling.

以图3中的(d)示意的无线感知场景为例,第二网元可以是基站,第一网元可以是例如SMF、或者AMF等核心网设备。在UE向基站发送的SRS对应的SINR大于或等于10dB的情况下,核心网设备接收到的第一信道报告中包括SRS对应的SINR以及第一信道信息,核心网设备将SRS对应的SINR以及第一信道信息输入到第一模型;在UE向基站发送的SRS对应的SINR小于10dB的情况下,核心网设备接收到的第一信道报告中包括SRS对应的SINR,核心网设备将SRS对应的SINR输入到第一模型;在这两种情况中,假设无线感知的目标对象包括无人机,则第一模型输出的第一感知结果指示目标对象为无人机,或者第一感知结果指示无人机的状态,例如静止或者飞行等,或者第一感知结果指示基站和UE之间的无人机的飞行参数,例如飞行速度或者飞行高度等。Taking the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (d) of Figure 3 as an example, the second network element may be a base station, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or an AMF. When the SINR corresponding to the SRS sent by the UE to the base station is greater than or equal to 10 dB, the first channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the SRS and the first channel information, and the core network device inputs the SINR corresponding to the SRS and the first channel information into the first model; when the SINR corresponding to the SRS sent by the UE to the base station is less than 10 dB, the first channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the SRS, and the core network device inputs the SINR corresponding to the SRS into the first model; in these two cases, assuming that the target object of the wireless sensing includes a drone, the first sensing result output by the first model indicates that the target object is a drone, or the first sensing result indicates the state of the drone, such as stationary or flying, or the first sensing result indicates the flight parameters of the drone between the base station and the UE, such as flight speed or flight altitude.

以图3中的(f)示意的无线感知场景为例,第二网元可以是第二UE,第一网元可以是基站。在第一UE向第二UE发送的SL-PRS对应的SINR大于或等于10dB的情况下,基站接收到的第一信道报告中包括SL-PRS对应的SINR以及第一信道信息,基站将SL-PRS对应的SINR以及第一信道信息输入到第一模型;在第一UE向第二UE发送的SL-PRS对应的SINR小于10dB的情况下,基站接收到的第一信道报告中包括SL-PRS对应的SINR,基站将SL-PRS对应的SINR输入到第一模型;在这两种情况中,假设无线感知的目标对象包括车辆,则第一模型输出的第一感知结果指示目标对象为车辆,或者第一感知结果指示车辆的状态,例如静止或者移动等,或者第一感知结果指示车辆的行驶参数,例如行驶速度或者行驶路线等。Taking the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (f) of Figure 3 as an example, the second network element may be the second UE, and the first network element may be the base station. When the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS sent by the first UE to the second UE is greater than or equal to 10dB, the first channel report received by the base station includes the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS and the first channel information, and the base station inputs the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS and the first channel information into the first model; when the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS sent by the first UE to the second UE is less than 10dB, the first channel report received by the base station includes the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS, and the base station inputs the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS into the first model; in these two cases, assuming that the target object of the wireless sensing includes a vehicle, the first sensing result output by the first model indicates that the target object is a vehicle, or the first sensing result indicates the state of the vehicle, such as stationary or moving, or the first sensing result indicates the driving parameters of the vehicle, such as driving speed or driving route, etc.

上述示例,在参考信号的测量结果不满足第一条件即信道环境差的情况下,不将基于参考信号估计的信道信息作为模型的输入,能够避免信道估计准确性低对模型性能的影响,有助于提升模型精度。In the above example, when the measurement result of the reference signal does not meet the first condition, that is, the channel environment is poor, the channel information estimated based on the reference signal is not used as the input of the model. This can avoid the impact of low channel estimation accuracy on model performance and help improve model accuracy.

以前述M等于2,第二网元对第一参考信号和第二参考信号测量为例,在图9中示意一种通信方法,第一网元可以对第二网元上报的两个信道报告联合分析得到对应感知结果,该方法主要包括如下步骤。Taking the aforementioned M equal to 2 and the second network element measuring the first reference signal and the second reference signal as an example, Figure 9 illustrates a communication method, in which the first network element can jointly analyze the two channel reports reported by the second network element to obtain the corresponding perception results. The method mainly includes the following steps.

S901,第一网元向第二网元发送第一信息,第一信息指示第一参考信号对应的第一条件和第二参考信号对应的第一条件。S901. A first network element sends first information to a second network element, where the first information indicates a first condition corresponding to a first reference signal and a first condition corresponding to a second reference signal.

该第一参考信号对应的第一条件是针对第一网元对第一参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果配置的,该第一参考信号对应的第一条件的定义具体可参照S702和S801中的描述理解,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。该第二参考信号对应的第一条件是针对第一网元对第二参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果配置的,该第二参考信号对应的第一条件的定义具体可参照S702和S801中的描述理解,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。The first condition corresponding to the first reference signal is configured for a first measurement result obtained by the first network element measuring the first reference signal. The definition of the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal can be specifically understood with reference to the description in S702 and S801, and is not further described in this embodiment of the present application. The first condition corresponding to the second reference signal is configured for a first measurement result obtained by the first network element measuring the second reference signal. The definition of the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal can be specifically understood with reference to the description in S702 and S801, and is not further described in this embodiment of the present application.

可选的,第一参考信号对应的第一条件和第二参考信号对应的第一条件相同或者不同。以第一测量结果是SINR,第一条件指示SINR需要满足的阈值为例,第一参考信号对应的第一条件和第二参考信号对应的第一条件相同可以理解为:第一参考信号对应的第一条件指示第一阈值(如10dB),第二参考信号对应的第一条件也指示第一阈值(如10dB);第一参考信号对应的第一条件和第二参考信号对应的第一条件不同可以理解为:第一参考信号对应的第一条件指示第一阈值(如10dB),第二参考信号对应的第一条件指示第二阈值(如20dB)。Optionally, the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal and the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal are the same or different. Taking the first measurement result as SINR, and the first condition indicating the threshold that the SINR needs to meet as an example, the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal and the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal are the same, which can be understood as: the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal indicates the first threshold (such as 10dB), and the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal also indicates the first threshold (such as 10dB); the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal and the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal are different, which can be understood as: the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal indicates the first threshold (such as 10dB), and the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal indicates the second threshold (such as 20dB).

S902a,第二网元根据第一参考信号对应的第一条件,向第一网元发送第一信道报告。S902a: The second network element sends a first channel report to the first network element according to the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal.

例如第二网元对第一参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果是SINR,记作SINR1;第一参考信号对应的第一条件指示第一阈值为10dB。在SINR1大于或等于10dB的情况下,第二网元可以确定SINR1满足第一条件,则基于SINR1估计信道信息,并在第一信道报告中携带SINR1以及基于SINR1获得的信道信息。在SINR1小于10dB的情况下,第二网元可以确定SINR1不满足第一条件,则在第一信道报告中仅携带SINR1。For example, the first measurement result obtained by the second network element for measuring the first reference signal is SINR, recorded as SINR1; the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal indicates that the first threshold is 10dB. If SINR1 is greater than or equal to 10dB, the second network element can determine that SINR1 meets the first condition, estimate the channel information based on SINR1, and carry SINR1 and the channel information obtained based on SINR1 in the first channel report. If SINR1 is less than 10dB, the second network element can determine that SINR1 does not meet the first condition, and only carry SINR1 in the first channel report.

S902b,第二网元根据第二参考信号对应的第一条件,向第一网元发送第二信道报告。S902b: The second network element sends a second channel report to the first network element according to the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal.

例如第二网元对第一参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果是SINR,记作SINR2;第二参考信号对应的第一条件指示第二阈值为20dB。在SINR2大于或等于20dB的情况下,第二网元可以确定SINR2满足第二参考信号对应的第一条件,则基于SINR2估计信道信息,并在第二信道报告中携带SINR2以及基于SINR2获得的信道信息。在SINR2小于20dB的情况下,第二网元可以确定SINR2不满足第二参考信号对应的第一条件,则在第二信道报告中仅携带SINR2。For example, the first measurement result obtained by the second network element for measuring the first reference signal is SINR, which is recorded as SINR2; the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal indicates that the second threshold is 20dB. When SINR2 is greater than or equal to 20dB, the second network element can determine that SINR2 meets the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal, and then estimate the channel information based on SINR2, and carry SINR2 and the channel information obtained based on SINR2 in the second channel report. When SINR2 is less than 20dB, the second network element can determine that SINR2 does not meet the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal, and then only carry SINR2 in the second channel report.

本申请对上述S902a和S902b的执行顺序不进行限制,例如可以同时执行S902a和S902b,例如第二网元可以向第一网元发送第二消息,第二消息包括第一信道报告和第二信道报告;或者先执行S902a后执行S902b,或者先执行S902b后执行S902a。This application does not limit the execution order of the above-mentioned S902a and S902b. For example, S902a and S902b can be executed at the same time. For example, the second network element can send a second message to the first network element, and the second message includes a first channel report and a second channel report; or S902a can be executed first and then S902b, or S902b can be executed first and then S902a.

下面结合示例对第一信道报告和第二信道报告可能的实现情况进行详细说明。The following describes in detail possible implementations of the first channel report and the second channel report with reference to examples.

在第一种可能的实现中,所述第二网元对第一参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果满足第一参考信号对应的第一条件,所述第一信道报告包括对第一参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果以及基于所述第一参考信号获得的信道信息;且,所述第二网元对第二参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果满足第二参考信号对应的第一条件,所述第二信道报告包括对第二参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果以及基于所述第二参考信号获得的信道信息。In a first possible implementation, the first measurement result obtained by the second network element on the first reference signal meets the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal, and the first channel report includes the first measurement result obtained on the first reference signal and the channel information obtained based on the first reference signal; and the first measurement result obtained by the second network element on the second reference signal meets the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal, and the second channel report includes the first measurement result obtained on the second reference signal and the channel information obtained based on the second reference signal.

以图3中的(c)示意的无线感知场景为例,第二网元可以是UE,第一网元可以是例如SMF、或者AMF等核心网设备。UE接收来自基站1的第一参考信号,UE接收来自基站2的第二参考信号。其中,基站1可以是UE的相邻小区所属的基站,UE接收来自基站1的第一参考信号,也可以理解为UE接收来自相邻小区的第一参考信号;基站2可以是UE的服务小区所属的基站,UE接收来自基站1的第二参考信号,也可以理解为UE接收来自服务小区的第二参考信号。第一参考信号和第二参考信号均可以是CSI-RS、PRS或者DMRS,以第一参考信号和第二参考信号为CSI-RS为例,第一参考信号记作CSI-RS1,第二参考信号记作CSI-RS2。UE测量CSI-RS1得到CSI-RS1对应的SINR,UE测量CSI-RS2得到CSI-RS2对应的SINR。以第一参考信号对应的第一条件指示第一阈值(10dB),第二参考信号对应的第一条件指示第二阈值(20dB)为例,在CSI-RS1对应的SINR大于或等于10dB的情况下,UE基于CSI-RS1估计得到的CSI记作CSI1,进而UE可以在发送给核心网设备的第一信道报告中携带CSI-RS1对应的SINR以及CSI1;在CSI-RS2大于或等于20dB的情况下,UE基于CSI-RS2估计得到的CSI记作CSI2,进而UE可以在发送给核心网设备的第二信道报告中携带CSI-RS2对应的SINR以及CSI2。Taking the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (c) of Figure 3 as an example, the second network element may be a UE, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF. The UE receives a first reference signal from base station 1, and the UE receives a second reference signal from base station 2. Base station 1 may be a base station belonging to a neighboring cell of the UE. The UE receiving the first reference signal from base station 1 can also be understood as the UE receiving the first reference signal from the neighboring cell. Base station 2 may be a base station belonging to a serving cell of the UE. The UE receiving the second reference signal from base station 1 can also be understood as the UE receiving the second reference signal from the serving cell. The first reference signal and the second reference signal may both be CSI-RS, PRS, or DMRS. For example, if the first and second reference signals are CSI-RS, the first reference signal is denoted as CSI-RS1, and the second reference signal is denoted as CSI-RS2. The UE measures CSI-RS1 to obtain the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS1, and the UE measures CSI-RS2 to obtain the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS2. Taking the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal indicating the first threshold (10dB) and the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal indicating the second threshold (20dB) as an example, when the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS1 is greater than or equal to 10dB, the CSI estimated by the UE based on CSI-RS1 is recorded as CSI1, and then the UE can carry the SINR and CSI1 corresponding to CSI-RS1 in the first channel report sent to the core network device; when CSI-RS2 is greater than or equal to 20dB, the CSI estimated by the UE based on CSI-RS2 is recorded as CSI2, and then the UE can carry the SINR and CSI2 corresponding to CSI-RS2 in the second channel report sent to the core network device.

在第二种可能的实现中,所述第二网元对第一参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果满足第一参考信号对应的第一条件,所述第一信道报告包括对第一参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果以及基于所述第一参考信号获得的信道信息;且,所述第二网元对第二参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果不满足第二参考信号对应的第一条件,所述第二信道报告仅包括基于第二参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果。In a second possible implementation, the first measurement result obtained by the second network element on the first reference signal meets the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal, and the first channel report includes the first measurement result obtained on the first reference signal and the channel information obtained based on the first reference signal; and the first measurement result obtained by the second network element on the second reference signal does not meet the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal, and the second channel report only includes the first measurement result obtained based on the second reference signal.

以图3中的(d)示意的无线感知场景为例,第二网元可以是基站,第一网元可以是例如SMF、或者AMF等核心网设备。基站接收来自UE1的第一参考信号,基站接收来自UE2的第二参考信号;其中,第一参考信号和第二参考信号均可以是SRS,分别记作SRS1和SRS2,UE1和UE2可以是基站覆盖范围内的UE。以第一参考信号对应的第一条件指示第一阈值(10dB),第二参考信号对应的第一条件指示第二阈值(20dB)为例,基站测量SRS1得到SRS1对应的SINR,在该SRS1对应的SINR大于或等于10dB的情况下,基站可以基于SRS1估计得到信道信息(如上行信道响应),进而基站可以发送给核心网设备的第一信道报告中携带SRS1对应的SINR以及上行信道响应。基站测量SRS2得到SRS2对应的SINR,在该SRS2对应的SINR小于20dB的情况下,基站可以发送给核心网设备的第二信道报告中仅携带SRS2对应的SINR。Taking the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (d) of Figure 3 as an example, the second network element may be a base station, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF. The base station receives a first reference signal from UE1 and a second reference signal from UE2. The first reference signal and the second reference signal may both be SRSs, denoted as SRS1 and SRS2, respectively. UE1 and UE2 may be UEs within the base station's coverage area. For example, where the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal indicates a first threshold (10 dB), and the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal indicates a second threshold (20 dB), the base station measures SRS1 to obtain the SINR corresponding to SRS1. If the SINR corresponding to SRS1 is greater than or equal to 10 dB, the base station may estimate channel information (such as an uplink channel response) based on SRS1. The base station may then send a first channel report to the core network device that carries the SINR corresponding to SRS1 and the uplink channel response. The base station measures SRS2 to obtain the SINR corresponding to SRS2. If the SINR corresponding to SRS2 is less than 20 dB, the base station may send a second channel report to the core network device that carries only the SINR corresponding to SRS2.

在第三种可能的实现中,所述第二网元对第一参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果不满足第一参考信号对应的第一条件,所述第一信道报告仅包括对第一参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果;且,所述第二网元对第二参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果满足第二参考信号对应的第一条件,所述第二信道报告包括对第二参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果以及基于所述第二参考信号获得的信道信息。In a third possible implementation, the first measurement result obtained by the second network element for measuring the first reference signal does not meet the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal, and the first channel report only includes the first measurement result obtained for measuring the first reference signal; and the first measurement result obtained by the second network element for measuring the second reference signal meets the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal, and the second channel report includes the first measurement result obtained for measuring the second reference signal and the channel information obtained based on the second reference signal.

以图3中的(c)示意的无线感知场景为例,第二网元可以是UE,第一网元可以是例如SMF、或者AMF等核心网设备。UE接收来自基站1的第一参考信号,UE接收来自基站2的第二参考信号。其中,基站1可以是UE的相邻小区所属的基站,UE接收来自基站1的第一参考信号,也可以理解为UE接收来自相邻小区的第一参考信号;基站2可以是UE的服务小区所属的基站,UE接收来自基站1的第二参考信号,也可以理解为UE接收来自服务小区的第二参考信号。第一参考信号和第二参考信号均可以是CSI-RS、PRS或者DMRS,以第一参考信号和第二参考信号为CSI-RS为例,第一参考信号记作CSI-RS1,第二参考信号记作CSI-RS2。UE测量CSI-RS1得到第一测量结果为CSI-RS1对应的SINR,UE测量CSI-RS2得到第二测量结果为CSI-RS2。以第一参考信号对应的第一条件指示第一阈值(10dB),第二参考信号对应的第一条件指示第二阈值(20dB)为例,在CSI-RS1小于10dB的情况下,UE可以在发送给核心网设备的第一信道报告中仅携带CSI-RS1对应的SINR;在CSI-RS2大于或等于20dB的情况下,UE基于CSI-RS2估计CSI(记作CSI2),进而UE可以在发送给核心网设备的第二信道报告中携带CSI-RS2对应的SINR以及CSI2。Taking the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (c) of Figure 3 as an example, the second network element may be a UE, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF. The UE receives a first reference signal from base station 1, and the UE receives a second reference signal from base station 2. Base station 1 may be a base station belonging to a neighboring cell of the UE. The UE receiving the first reference signal from base station 1 can also be understood as the UE receiving the first reference signal from the neighboring cell. Base station 2 may be a base station belonging to a serving cell of the UE. The UE receiving the second reference signal from base station 1 can also be understood as the UE receiving the second reference signal from the serving cell. The first reference signal and the second reference signal may both be CSI-RS, PRS, or DMRS. For example, if the first and second reference signals are CSI-RS, the first reference signal is denoted as CSI-RS1, and the second reference signal is denoted as CSI-RS2. The UE measures CSI-RS1 to obtain a first measurement result, which is the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS1. The UE measures CSI-RS2 to obtain a second measurement result, which is CSI-RS2. Taking the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal indicating the first threshold (10dB) and the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal indicating the second threshold (20dB) as an example, when CSI-RS1 is less than 10dB, the UE can only carry the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS1 in the first channel report sent to the core network device; when CSI-RS2 is greater than or equal to 20dB, the UE estimates the CSI based on CSI-RS2 (denoted as CSI2), and then the UE can carry the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS2 and CSI2 in the second channel report sent to the core network device.

在第四种可能的实现中,所述第二网元对第一参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果不满足第一参考信号对应的第一条件,所述第一信道报告包括对第一参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果;且,所述第二网元对第二参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果不满足第二参考信号对应的第一条件,所述第二信道报告包括基于第二参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果。In a fourth possible implementation, the first measurement result obtained by the second network element for measuring the first reference signal does not meet the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal, and the first channel report includes the first measurement result obtained for measuring the first reference signal; and the first measurement result obtained by the second network element for measuring the second reference signal does not meet the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal, and the second channel report includes the first measurement result obtained based on the second reference signal.

以图3中的(d)示意的无线感知场景为例,第二网元可以是基站,第一网元可以是例如SMF、或者AMF等核心网设备。基站接收来自UE1的第一参考信号,基站接收来自UE2的第二参考信号;其中,第一参考信号和第二参考信号均可以是SRS,分别记作SRS1和SRS2,UE1和UE2可以是基站覆盖范围内的UE。以第一参考信号对应的第一条件指示第一阈值(10dB),第二参考信号对应的第一条件指示第二阈值(20dB)为例,基站测量SRS1得到SRS1对应的SINR,在该SRS1对应的SINR小于10dB的情况下,基站可以发送给核心网设备的第一信道报告中仅携带SRS1对应的SINR。基站接测量SRS2得到SRS2对应的SINR,在该SRS2对应的SINR小于20dB的情况下,基站可以在发送给核心网设备的第二信道报告中仅携带SRS2对应的SINR。Taking the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (d) of Figure 3 as an example, the second network element may be a base station, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF. The base station receives a first reference signal from UE1 and a second reference signal from UE2. The first reference signal and the second reference signal may both be SRSs, denoted as SRS1 and SRS2, respectively. UE1 and UE2 may be UEs within the base station's coverage area. For example, if the first condition corresponding to the first reference signal indicates a first threshold (10 dB), and the first condition corresponding to the second reference signal indicates a second threshold (20 dB), the base station measures SRS1 to obtain the SINR corresponding to SRS1. If the SINR corresponding to SRS1 is less than 10 dB, the base station may send a first channel report to the core network device containing only the SINR corresponding to SRS1. The base station then measures SRS2 to obtain the SINR corresponding to SRS2. If the SINR corresponding to SRS2 is less than 20 dB, the base station may send a second channel report to the core network device containing only the SINR corresponding to SRS2.

进一步可选的,第一网元可以利用AI技术,基于接收到的第一信道报告和第二信道报告确定无线感知的结果。例如在一种可能的实现中,在执行S902a和S902b后,还可以执行步骤S903。又如在另一种可能的实现中,在执行S902a和S902b后,还可以执行步骤S904~S906。可以理解的是,S903以及S904~S906作为可选步骤在图9中以虚线示意。Further, optionally, the first network element may utilize AI technology to determine the wireless sensing result based on the received first channel report and second channel report. For example, in one possible implementation, after executing S902a and S902b, step S903 may also be executed. In another possible implementation, after executing S902a and S902b, steps S904 to S906 may also be executed. It will be appreciated that S903 and S904 to S906 are indicated as optional steps by dashed lines in Figure 9.

S903,第一网元根据所述第一信道报告、第二信道报告和第一模型,确定第一感知结果。S903: The first network element determines a first perception result according to the first channel report, the second channel report and the first model.

该步骤可参照S803中的描述理解,所述第一模型的输入是基于所述第一信道报告和所述第二信道报告确定的,所述第一模型的输出包括所述第一感知结果。This step can be understood with reference to the description in S803 , where the input of the first model is determined based on the first channel report and the second channel report, and the output of the first model includes the first perception result.

在一种可能的实现中,可以将第一信道报告中携带的信息和第二信道报告中携带的信息拼接在一起,作为第一模型的输入。例如图10A示意,第一信道报告中包括第一参考信号的测量结果和第一信道信息,第一参考信号的测量结果包括对第一参考信号测量得到的至少一个测量结果,该第一信道信息为基于第一参考信号获得的信道信息;第二信道报告中仅包括第二参考信号的测量结果,第二参考信号的测量结果包括对第二参考信号测量得到的至少一个测量结果。第一网元可以将第一参考信号的测量结果、第一信道信息和第二参考信号的测量结果拼接在一起输入第一模型,第一模型的输出为第一感知结果。In one possible implementation, the information carried in the first channel report and the information carried in the second channel report can be spliced together as input to the first model. For example, Figure 10A illustrates that the first channel report includes the measurement result of the first reference signal and the first channel information. The measurement result of the first reference signal includes at least one measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal, and the first channel information is channel information obtained based on the first reference signal; the second channel report only includes the measurement result of the second reference signal. The measurement result of the second reference signal includes at least one measurement result obtained by measuring the second reference signal. The first network element can splice the measurement result of the first reference signal, the first channel information, and the measurement result of the second reference signal together and input them into the first model. The output of the first model is the first perception result.

以前述第一种可能的实现为例,在图3中的(c)示意的无线感知场景中,第二网元可以是UE,第一网元可以是例如SMF、或者AMF等核心网设备。基站1向UE发送的CSI-RS1对应的SINR大于或等于10dB,基站向UE2发送的CSI-RS2对应的SINR大于或等于20dB,则核心网设备接收到的第一信道报告中包括CSI-RS1对应的SINR以及CSI1,第二信道报告中包括CSI-RS2对应的SINR以及CSI2,基于此,第一模型的输入包括CSI-RS1对应的SINR、CSI1、CSI-RS2对应的SINR以及CSI2拼接后的信息,假设无线感知的目标对象包括行人,则一种可能的结果为:第一模型输出的第一感知结果指示目标对象为行人,或者第一感知结果指示行人的状态,例如静止、行走、跑步或者摔倒等。Taking the first possible implementation as an example, in the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (c) of FIG3 , the second network element may be a UE, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF. If the SINR corresponding to the CSI-RS1 sent by base station 1 to the UE is greater than or equal to 10 dB, and the SINR corresponding to the CSI-RS2 sent by the base station to UE2 is greater than or equal to 20 dB, then the first channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS1 and CSI1, and the second channel report includes the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS2 and CSI2. Based on this, the input of the first model includes the concatenation of the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS1, CSI1, and the SINR corresponding to CSI-RS2 and CSI2. Assuming that the target object of the wireless sensing includes a pedestrian, one possible result is: the first sensing result output by the first model indicates that the target object is a pedestrian, or the first sensing result indicates the state of the pedestrian, such as being stationary, walking, running, or fallen.

在另一种可能的实现中,可以将第一信道报告中携带的信息和第二信道报告中携带的信息进行统一的预处理后,输入第一模型。例如图10B示意,第一信道报告中仅包括第一参考信号的测量结果,第一参考信号的测量结果包括对第一参考信号测量得到的至少一个测量结果。第二信道报告中包括第二参考信号的测量结果和第二信道信息;其中,第二参考信号的测量结果包括对第二参考信号测量得到的至少一个测量结果,第二信道信息为基于第二参考信号获得的信道信息。第一网元对第一参考信号的测量结果进行预处理得到第一预处理信息,以及对第二参考信号的测量结果和第二信道信息进行预处理得到第二预处理信息;进而第一网元将第一预处理信息和第二预处理信息输入第一模型,第一模型的输出为第一感知结果。可选的,前述对信息的预处理可以是基于AI的预处理方式,也可以是非AI的信息预处理方式,本申请实施例对此不予限制。In another possible implementation, the information carried in the first channel report and the information carried in the second channel report can be uniformly preprocessed and then input into the first model. For example, Figure 10B illustrates that the first channel report only includes the measurement results of the first reference signal, and the measurement results of the first reference signal include at least one measurement result obtained by measuring the first reference signal. The second channel report includes the measurement results of the second reference signal and second channel information; wherein the measurement results of the second reference signal include at least one measurement result obtained by measuring the second reference signal, and the second channel information is channel information obtained based on the second reference signal. The first network element preprocesses the measurement results of the first reference signal to obtain first preprocessed information, and preprocesses the measurement results of the second reference signal and the second channel information to obtain second preprocessed information. The first network element then inputs the first preprocessed information and the second preprocessed information into the first model, and the output of the first model is the first perception result. Optionally, the aforementioned information preprocessing can be based on AI or non-AI information preprocessing, and this is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

以前述第二种可能的实现为例,在图3中的(d)示意的无线感知场景中,第二网元可以是基站,第一网元可以是例如SMF、或者AMF等核心网设备。基站对来自UE1的SRS1测量得到SRS1对应的SINR大于或等于10dB,以及对来自UE2的SRS2测量得到SRS2对应的SINR小于20dB;则核心网设备的第一信道报告中携带SRS1对应的SINR以及上行信道响应,第二信道报告中携带SRS2对应的SINR。基于此,核心网设备可以对SRS1对应的SINR以及上行信道响应进行预处理得到第一预处理信息,以及对SRS2对应的SINR进行预处理得到第二预处理信息;进而将第一预处理信息和第二预处理信息输入第一模型,假设无线感知的目标对象包括无人机,则一种可能的结果为:第一模型输出的第一感知结果指示目标对象为无人机,或者第一感知结果指示无人机的状态,例如静止或者飞行等,或者第一感知结果指示基站和UE之间的无人机的飞行参数,例如飞行速度或者飞行高度等。Taking the second possible implementation as an example, in the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (d) of Figure 3 , the second network element may be a base station, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF. The base station measures SRS1 from UE1 and obtains a SINR corresponding to SRS1 greater than or equal to 10dB, and measures SRS2 from UE2 and obtains a SINR corresponding to SRS2 less than 20dB. The core network device's first channel report carries the SINR corresponding to SRS1 and the uplink channel response, and the second channel report carries the SINR corresponding to SRS2. Based on this, the core network device can pre-process the SINR corresponding to SRS1 and the uplink channel response to obtain first pre-processing information, and pre-process the SINR corresponding to SRS2 to obtain second pre-processing information; and then input the first pre-processing information and the second pre-processing information into the first model. Assuming that the target object of wireless perception includes a drone, a possible result is: the first perception result output by the first model indicates that the target object is a drone, or the first perception result indicates the state of the drone, such as stationary or flying, or the first perception result indicates the flight parameters of the drone between the base station and the UE, such as flight speed or flight altitude.

S904,第一网元根据所述第一信道报告和第二模型,确定第二感知结果。S904: The first network element determines a second perception result according to the first channel report and the second model.

其中,所述第二模型的输入是基于所述第一信道报告确定的,所述第二模型的输出包括所述第二感知结果。The input of the second model is determined based on the first channel report, and the output of the second model includes the second perception result.

S905,第一网元根据所述第二信道报告和第三模型,确定第三感知结果。S905: The first network element determines a third perception result based on the second channel report and the third model.

其中,所述第三模型的输入是基于所述第二信道报告确定的,所述第三模型的输出包括所述第三感知结果。The input of the third model is determined based on the second channel report, and the output of the third model includes the third perception result.

S906,第一网元将所述第二感知结果和所述第三感知结果进行融合,得到第四感知结果。S906: The first network element fuses the second perception result and the third perception result to obtain a fourth perception result.

例如在图3中的(c)示意的无线感知场景中,第二感知结果指示目标对象为行人,第三感知结果指示行人的状态为摔倒,则融合第二感知结果和第三感知结果得到的第四感知结果指示检测到行人摔倒。For example, in the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (c) of Figure 3, the second sensing result indicates that the target object is a pedestrian, and the third sensing result indicates that the pedestrian is in a fallen state. Then the fourth sensing result obtained by fusing the second sensing result and the third sensing result indicates that a pedestrian fall is detected.

例如在图3中的(d)示意的无线感知场景中,第二感知结果指示目标对象为无人机,第三感知结果也指示无人机,则融合第二感知结果和第三感知结果得到的第四感知结果指示检测到无人机。For example, in the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (d) of FIG3 , the second sensing result indicates that the target object is a drone, and the third sensing result also indicates a drone. Then, the fourth sensing result obtained by fusing the second sensing result and the third sensing result indicates that a drone is detected.

又如在图3中的(f)示意的无线感知场景中,第二感知结果指示目标对象为车辆,第三感知结果也指示车辆的行驶速度,则融合第二感知结果和第三感知结果得到的第四感知结果指示检测到车辆按照某个行驶速度行驶中。For example, in the wireless sensing scenario shown in (f) in Figure 3, the second perception result indicates that the target object is a vehicle, and the third perception result also indicates the vehicle's driving speed. The fourth perception result obtained by fusing the second perception result and the third perception result indicates that the vehicle is detected traveling at a certain speed.

为便于理解,例如图10C示意,将来自第二网元的第一信道报告中包括第一参考信号的测量结果输入第二模型得到第二感知结果,将来自第三网元的第二信道报告包括中包括第二参考信号的测量结果和第二信道信息输入第三模型得到第三感知结果;进而将第二感知结果和第三感知结果进行融合,得到第四感知结果。其中,第一参考信号的测量结果、第二参考信号的测量结果和第二信道信息的定义可参照图10B中的描述理解。可选的,前述对感知结果的融合可以是基于AI的预处理方式,也可以是非AI的信息预处理方式,本申请实施例对此不予限制。For ease of understanding, for example, FIG10C illustrates that the measurement result of the first reference signal included in the first channel report from the second network element is input into the second model to obtain a second perception result, and the measurement result of the second reference signal and the second channel information included in the second channel report from the third network element are input into the third model to obtain a third perception result; and then the second perception result and the third perception result are fused to obtain a fourth perception result. The definitions of the measurement result of the first reference signal, the measurement result of the second reference signal, and the second channel information can be understood with reference to the description in FIG10B. Optionally, the aforementioned fusion of the perception results can be based on an AI preprocessing method or a non-AI information preprocessing method, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

图9中示意的方案以一个信道测量网元上报两个信道报告为例,描述了信息处理网元利用AI技术联合处理两个信道报告的方案。在其他通信场景中,还可以利用AI技术联合处理信道测量网元上报的两个以上的信道报告。例如在图5A示意的下行定位场景中,信道测量网元是终端设备,信息处理网元为LMF。类似于图9示意的方案,LMF可以向终端设备配置信道测量对应的至少一个条件;终端设备分别对基站1、基站2、基站3发送的参考信号(如PRS)进行测量,并根据至少一个条件确定信道报告。例如至少一个条件包括条件1、条件2和条件3,条件1用于约束(或称衡量)来自基站1的PRS的测量结果,条件2用于约束来自基站2的PRS的测量结果,条件3用于约束来自基站3的PRS的测量结果。为便于区分,如下将基站1~3的PRS分别记作PRS1、PRS2、PRS3,如果PRS1的测量结果满足条件1,则终端设备在信道报告1中携带PRS1的测量结果和基于PRS1估计的信道响应1;或者,如果PRS1的测量结果不满足条件1,则终端设备在信道报告1中仅携带PRS1的测量结果。如果PRS2的测量结果满足条件2,则终端设备在信道报告2中携带PRS2的测量结果和基于PRS2估计的信道响应2;或者,如果PRS2的测量结果不满足条件2,则终端设备在信道报告2中仅携带PRS2的测量结果。如果PRS3的测量结果满足条件3,则终端设备在信道报告3中携带PRS3的测量结果和基于PRS3估计的信道响应3;或者,如果PRS3的测量结果不满足条件3,则终端设备在信道报告3中仅携带PRS3的测量结果。进一步地,LMF可以利用AI技术联合处理终端设备上报的信道报告1~3,例如按照S903描述的方式,LMF可以根据信道报告1、信道报告2、信道报告3和AI模型,确定对应的感知结果,即终端设备的位置信息。The solution illustrated in FIG9 takes a channel measurement network element reporting two channel reports as an example, and describes a solution in which the information processing network element uses AI technology to jointly process the two channel reports. In other communication scenarios, AI technology can also be used to jointly process more than two channel reports reported by the channel measurement network element. For example, in the downlink positioning scenario illustrated in FIG5A, the channel measurement network element is a terminal device, and the information processing network element is an LMF. Similar to the solution illustrated in FIG9, the LMF can configure at least one condition corresponding to the channel measurement to the terminal device; the terminal device measures the reference signal (such as PRS) sent by base station 1, base station 2, and base station 3 respectively, and determines the channel report according to the at least one condition. For example, the at least one condition includes condition 1, condition 2, and condition 3, where condition 1 is used to constrain (or measure) the measurement result of the PRS from base station 1, condition 2 is used to constrain the measurement result of the PRS from base station 2, and condition 3 is used to constrain the measurement result of the PRS from base station 3. For ease of distinction, the PRSs of base stations 1 to 3 are denoted as PRS1, PRS2, and PRS3, respectively. If the measurement result of PRS1 satisfies condition 1, the terminal device carries the measurement result of PRS1 and channel response 1 estimated based on PRS1 in channel report 1. Alternatively, if the measurement result of PRS1 does not satisfy condition 1, the terminal device carries only the measurement result of PRS1 in channel report 1. If the measurement result of PRS2 satisfies condition 2, the terminal device carries the measurement result of PRS2 and channel response 2 estimated based on PRS2 in channel report 2. Alternatively, if the measurement result of PRS2 does not satisfy condition 2, the terminal device carries only the measurement result of PRS2 in channel report 2. If the measurement result of PRS3 satisfies condition 3, the terminal device carries the measurement result of PRS3 and channel response 3 estimated based on PRS3 in channel report 3. Alternatively, if the measurement result of PRS3 does not satisfy condition 3, the terminal device carries only the measurement result of PRS3 in channel report 3. Furthermore, LMF can use AI technology to jointly process channel reports 1 to 3 reported by the terminal device. For example, according to the method described in S903, LMF can determine the corresponding perception results, that is, the location information of the terminal device, based on channel report 1, channel report 2, channel report 3 and the AI model.

上述实施例中,针对同一个信道测量网元分别指示信道测量对应的多个条件,控制减少信道测量网元上报多个信道报告时的数据量,能够减少传输资源的浪费。In the above embodiment, multiple conditions corresponding to channel measurement are indicated for the same channel measurement network element respectively, and the amount of data when the channel measurement network element reports multiple channel reports is controlled and reduced, thereby reducing the waste of transmission resources.

如图11示意,本申请实施例还提供一种通信方法,能够减少传感设备的传输资源浪费。该通信方法中以第三网元表示如雷达或摄像头等传感设备,第三网元和第一网元的交互为例,进行详细说明。As shown in Figure 11, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication method that can reduce transmission resource waste in sensor devices. This communication method uses a third network element representing a sensor device such as a radar or camera, and the interaction between the third network element and the first network element as an example for detailed description.

S1101,第一网元向第三网元发送第二信息,第二信息指示第二条件。S1101. A first network element sends second information to a third network element, where the second information indicates a second condition.

示例性地,在第三网元采集图像信息的场景中,第二条件可以指示图像信息需要满足的条件。Exemplarily, in a scenario where the third network element collects image information, the second condition may indicate a condition that the image information needs to meet.

在一种可能的实现中,第二条件指示图像差异阈值,在第三网元当前采集的图像信息与上一次采集的图像信息之间的差异大于或等于该图像差异阈值时,第三网元可以确定当前采集的图像信息满足第二条件;或者,在第三网元当前采集的图像信息与上一次采集的图像信息之间的差异小于该图像差异阈值时,第三网元可以确定当前采集的图像信息不满足第二条件。In one possible implementation, the second condition indicates an image difference threshold. When the difference between the image information currently collected by the third network element and the image information collected last time is greater than or equal to the image difference threshold, the third network element can determine that the currently collected image information meets the second condition; or, when the difference between the image information currently collected by the third network element and the image information collected last time is less than the image difference threshold, the third network element can determine that the currently collected image information does not meet the second condition.

例如采用相对变化率表示图像之间的差异,图像差异阈值可以是一个比率阈值(如50%)。基于此,第三网元当前采集的图像信息与上一次采集的图像信息之间的差异,也可以替换描述为:第三网元当前采集的图像信息与上一次采集的图像信息之间的差异占上一次采集的图像信息的比率。在该比率大于或等于比率阈值(如50%)时,第三网元可以确定当前采集的图像信息满足第二条件;或者第三网元可以在确定该比率小于比率阈值(如50%)时,第三网元可以确定当前采集的图像信息不满足第二条件。For example, the relative rate of change is used to represent the difference between images, and the image difference threshold can be a ratio threshold (such as 50%). Based on this, the difference between the image information currently collected by the third network element and the image information collected last time can also be replaced by: the ratio of the difference between the image information currently collected by the third network element and the image information collected last time to the image information collected last time. When the ratio is greater than or equal to the ratio threshold (such as 50%), the third network element can determine that the currently collected image information meets the second condition; or when the third network element determines that the ratio is less than the ratio threshold (such as 50%), the third network element can determine that the currently collected image information does not meet the second condition.

在另一种可能的实现中,第二条件指示图像差异范围,在第三网元当前采集的图像信息与上一次采集的图像信息之间的差异包含于该图像差异范围时,第三网元可以确定当前采集的图像信息满足第二条件;或者,在第三网元当前采集的图像信息与上一次采集的图像信息之间的差异不包含于该图像差异范围时,第三网元可以确定当前采集的图像信息不满足第二条件。In another possible implementation, the second condition indicates an image difference range. When the difference between the image information currently collected by the third network element and the image information collected last time is included in the image difference range, the third network element can determine that the currently collected image information meets the second condition; or, when the difference between the image information currently collected by the third network element and the image information collected last time is not included in the image difference range, the third network element can determine that the currently collected image information does not meet the second condition.

例如采用相对变化率表示图像之间的差异,图像差异范围可以是一个比率范围(如60%~100%)。基于此,第三网元当前采集的图像信息与上一次采集的图像信息之间的差异,也可以替换描述为:第三网元当前采集的图像信息与上一次采集的图像信息之间的差异占上一次采集的图像信息的比率。在该比率包含于比率范围(如60%~100%)时,第三网元可以确定当前采集的图像信息满足第二条件;或者第三网元可以在确定该比率不包含于比率范围(如60%~100%)时,第三网元可以确定当前采集的图像信息不满足第二条件。For example, the relative rate of change is used to represent the difference between images, and the image difference range can be a ratio range (such as 60% to 100%). Based on this, the difference between the image information currently collected by the third network element and the image information collected last time can also be replaced by the description as: the ratio of the difference between the image information currently collected by the third network element and the image information collected last time to the image information collected last time. When the ratio is included in the ratio range (such as 60% to 100%), the third network element can determine that the currently collected image information meets the second condition; or the third network element can determine that the currently collected image information does not meet the second condition when it is determined that the ratio is not included in the ratio range (such as 60% to 100%).

进一步地,第三网元可按照上述实现方式,在确定前采集的图像信息满足第二条件时,执行如下步骤S1102。Furthermore, the third network element may, according to the above implementation manner, execute the following step S1102 when it is determined that the previously collected image information meets the second condition.

S1102,第二网元向第一网元发送图像信息。S1102: The second network element sends image information to the first network element.

可以理解的是,第二网元发送的图像信息为S1101中描述的当前采集到的图像信息,该当前采集的图像信息满足第二条件。It can be understood that the image information sent by the second network element is the currently collected image information described in S1101, and the currently collected image information meets the second condition.

上述方案中,通过配置条件减少传感设备传输图像信息造成的传输资源浪费。In the above solution, the waste of transmission resources caused by the transmission of image information by the sensor device is reduced by configuring conditions.

结合图7~图9以及图11描述的方法,本申请实施例还提供一种通信方法,支持信息处理网元对信道测量网元(即第二网元)上报的至少一个信道报告以及传感设备(第三网元)上报的图像信息进行联合分析,得到对应感知结果。以第二网元上报第一信道报告为例,图12示意一种通信方法,该方法主要包括如下步骤。In conjunction with the methods described in Figures 7 to 9 and 11, embodiments of the present application further provide a communication method that supports an information processing network element in performing a joint analysis of at least one channel report reported by a channel measurement network element (i.e., a second network element) and image information reported by a sensing device (a third network element) to obtain corresponding perception results. Taking the second network element reporting a first channel report as an example, Figure 12 illustrates a communication method that primarily includes the following steps.

S1201a,第一网元向第二网元发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一条件。S1201a. The first network element sends first information to the second network element, where the first information is used to indicate a first condition.

该步骤中的第一条件可参照S702和S801中的描述理解,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。The first condition in this step can be understood by referring to the description in S702 and S801, and will not be elaborated in detail in this embodiment of the present application.

S1201b,第一网元向第三网元发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示第二条件。S1201b. The first network element sends second information to the third network element, where the second information is used to indicate a second condition.

该步骤中的第二条件可参照S1101中的描述理解,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。The second condition in this step can be understood by referring to the description in S1101, and will not be elaborated in this embodiment of the present application.

本申请对上述S1201a和S1201b的执行顺序不进行限制,例如可以同时执行S1201a和S1201b;或者先执行S1201a后执行S1201b,或者先执行S1201b后执行S1201a。This application does not limit the execution order of the above S1201a and S1201b. For example, S1201a and S1201b can be executed at the same time; or S1201a can be executed first and then S1201b, or S1201b can be executed first and then S1201a.

S1202a,第二网元向第一网元发送第一信道报告。S1202a: The second network element sends a first channel report to the first network element.

该步骤可参照S802中的描述理解,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。This step can be understood with reference to the description in S802, and will not be described in detail in this embodiment of the present application.

S1202b,第三网元向第一网元发送图像信息。S1202b: The third network element sends image information to the first network element.

其中,第二网元发送的图像信息为当前采集到的图像信息,该当前采集的图像信息满足第二条件。也即第二网元在当前采集的图像信息满足第二条件的情况下,发送该图像信息。The image information sent by the second network element is the currently collected image information, and the currently collected image information meets the second condition. That is, the second network element sends the image information when the currently collected image information meets the second condition.

本申请对上述S1202a和S1202b的执行顺序不进行限制,例如可以同时执行S1202a和S1202b;或者先执行S1202a后执行S1202b,或者先执行S1202b后执行S1202a。This application does not limit the execution order of the above S1202a and S1202b. For example, S1202a and S1202b can be executed at the same time; or S1202a can be executed first and then S1202b, or S1202b can be executed first and then S1202a.

进一步可选的,第一网元可以利用AI技术,基于接收到的第一信道报告和图像信息确定无线感知的结果。例如在一种可能的实现中,在执行S1202a和S1202b后,还可以执行步骤S1203。Further optionally, the first network element may use AI technology to determine the result of wireless sensing based on the received first channel report and image information. For example, in one possible implementation, after executing S1202a and S1202b, step S1203 may also be executed.

S1203,第一网元根据第一信道报告、所述图像信息和第四模型,确定第五感知结果。S1203: The first network element determines a fifth perception result based on the first channel report, the image information, and the fourth model.

其中,所述第四模型的输入是基于所述第一信道报告和所述图像信息确定的,所述第四模型的输出包括所述第五感知结果。例如第一网元将第一信道报告中包括的信息与图像信息拼接在一起输入第四模型,第四模型输出第五感知结果。又如,第一网元对第一信道报告进行预处理得到第一预处理信息,对图像进行预处理得到第三预处理信息;进而将第一预处理信息和第三预处理信息输入第四模型,第四模型输出第五感知结果。The input of the fourth model is determined based on the first channel report and the image information, and the output of the fourth model includes the fifth perception result. For example, the first network element concatenates the information included in the first channel report with the image information and inputs them into the fourth model, and the fourth model outputs the fifth perception result. In another example, the first network element preprocesses the first channel report to obtain first preprocessed information and preprocesses the image to obtain third preprocessed information; then, the first and third preprocessed information are input into the fourth model, and the fourth model outputs the fifth perception result.

本申请实施例还提供一种通信方法,支持信息处理网元对多个信道测量网元上报的信道报告联合分析,得到对应感知结果。如图13示意另一种通信方法,以第一网元(信息处理网元)对两个信道测量网元(如第二网元和第四网元)上报的信道报告联合分析,得到对应感知结果为例,该方法主要包括如下步骤。The present application also provides a communication method that supports an information processing network element in jointly analyzing channel reports reported by multiple channel measurement network elements to obtain corresponding perception results. Figure 13 illustrates another communication method, using the example of a first network element (an information processing network element) jointly analyzing channel reports reported by two channel measurement network elements (e.g., a second network element and a fourth network element) to obtain corresponding perception results. This method primarily includes the following steps.

S1301a,第一网元向第二网元发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一条件。S1301a. The first network element sends first information to the second network element, where the first information is used to indicate a first condition.

该步骤可参照S801中的描述理解,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。This step can be understood with reference to the description in S801, and will not be described in detail in this embodiment of the present application.

S1301b,第一网元向第四网元发送第三信息,所述第三信息用于指示第三条件。S1301b. The first network element sends third information to the fourth network element, where the third information is used to indicate a third condition.

其中,第三条件的定义可参照S801中第一条件的定义理解,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。The definition of the third condition can be understood by referring to the definition of the first condition in S801, and will not be elaborated in this embodiment of the present application.

可选的,第三条件可以与第一条件相同或者不同。其中,第三条件与第一条件相同可以理解为:第三条件中的参数范围与第一条件中的参数范围不相同,或者第三条件中的第三阈值与第一条件中的第一阈值相同。第三条件与第一条件不同可以理解为:第三条件中的参数范围与第一条件中的参数范围不同,或者第三条件中的第三阈值与第一条件中的第一阈值不同。Optionally, the third condition may be the same as or different from the first condition. The third condition being the same as the first condition may be understood as: the parameter range in the third condition is different from the parameter range in the first condition, or the third threshold in the third condition is the same as the first threshold in the first condition. The third condition being different from the first condition may be understood as: the parameter range in the third condition is different from the parameter range in the first condition, or the third threshold in the third condition is different from the first threshold in the first condition.

本申请对上述S1301a和S1301b的执行顺序不进行限制,例如可以同时执行S1301a和S1301b,或者先执行S1301a后执行S1301b,或者先执行S1301b后执行S1301a。在执行完S1301a和S1301b后,进一步执行S1302a和S1302b。The present application does not limit the execution order of the above S1301a and S1301b. For example, S1301a and S1301b can be executed simultaneously, or S1301a can be executed first and then S1301b, or S1301b can be executed first and then S1301a. After executing S1301a and S1301b, S1302a and S1302b are further executed.

S1302a,第二网元根据第一条件,向第一网元发送第一信道报告。S1302a: The second network element sends a first channel report to the first network element according to the first condition.

例如第一条件中针对SINR配置第一阈值为10dB,在第一网元对第一参考信号测量得到的SINR大于或等于10dB时,第一网元确定第一信道报告包括以下中的一项或多项:对第一参考信号测量得到的SINR;对第一参考信号测量得到的其他测量结果(如RSRP、RSSI或RSRQ);基于第一参考信号获得的信道信息。在第一网元对第一参考信号测量得到的SINR小于10dB时,第一网元确定第一信道报告包括以下中的一项或多项:对第一参考信号测量得到的SINR或对第一参考信号测量得到的其他测结果(如RSRP、RSSI或RSRQ)。For example, in the first condition, the first threshold value for SINR is configured as 10 dB. When the SINR measured by the first network element for the first reference signal is greater than or equal to 10 dB, the first network element determines that the first channel report includes one or more of the following: the SINR measured for the first reference signal; other measurement results (such as RSRP, RSSI, or RSRQ) measured for the first reference signal; and channel information obtained based on the first reference signal. When the SINR measured by the first network element for the first reference signal is less than 10 dB, the first network element determines that the first channel report includes one or more of the following: the SINR measured for the first reference signal or other measurement results (such as RSRP, RSSI, or RSRQ) measured for the first reference signal.

此外,该步骤的实施例可参照S802中的描述理解,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。In addition, the embodiment of this step can be understood by referring to the description in S802, and the embodiment of this application will not be described in detail.

S1302b,第二网元根据第三条件,向第一网元发送第三信道报告。S1302b: The second network element sends a third channel report to the first network element according to the third condition.

例如第三条件中针对SINR配置第三阈值为20dB,在第一网元对第三参考信号测量得到的SINR大于或等于20dB时,第一网元确定第一信道报告包括以下中的一项或多项:对第三参考信号测量得到的SINR;对第三参考信号测量得到的其他测结果(如RSRP、RSSI或RSRQ);基于第三参考信号获得的信道信息。在第一网元对第三参考信号测量得到的SINR小于10dB时,第一网元确定第一信道报告包括以下中的一项或多项:对第三参考信号测量得到的SINR或对第三参考信号测量得到的其他测结果(如RSRP、RSSI或RSRQ)。For example, in the third condition, the third threshold value for SINR is configured as 20 dB. When the SINR measured by the first network element for the third reference signal is greater than or equal to 20 dB, the first network element determines that the first channel report includes one or more of the following: the SINR measured for the third reference signal; other measurement results (such as RSRP, RSSI, or RSRQ) measured for the third reference signal; and channel information obtained based on the third reference signal. When the SINR measured by the first network element for the third reference signal is less than 10 dB, the first network element determines that the first channel report includes one or more of the following: the SINR measured for the third reference signal or other measurement results (such as RSRP, RSSI, or RSRQ) measured for the third reference signal.

此外,该步骤的实施例可参照S802中的描述理解,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。In addition, the embodiment of this step can be understood by referring to the description in S802, and the embodiment of this application will not be described in detail.

进一步可选的,第一网元可以利用AI技术,基于接收到的第一信道报告和第三信道报告确定无线感知的结果。例如在一种可能的实现中,在执行S1302a和S1302b后,还可以执行步骤S1303。又如在另一种可能的实现中,在执行S1302a和S1302b后,还可以执行步骤S1304~S1306。可以理解的是,S1303以及S1304~S1306作为可选步骤在图13中以虚线示意。Further, optionally, the first network element may utilize AI technology to determine the wireless sensing result based on the received first channel report and third channel report. For example, in one possible implementation, after executing S1302a and S1302b, step S1303 may also be executed. For example, in another possible implementation, after executing S1302a and S1302b, steps S1304 to S1306 may also be executed. It is understood that S1303 and S1304 to S1306 are indicated as optional steps by dashed lines in Figure 13.

S1303,第一网元根据所述第一信道报告、第三信道报告和第五模型,确定第六感知结果。S1303: The first network element determines a sixth perception result based on the first channel report, the third channel report and the fifth model.

其中,所述第五模型的输入是基于所述第一信道报告和所述第三信道报告确定的,所述第五模型的输出包括所述第六感知结果。The input of the fifth model is determined based on the first channel report and the third channel report, and the output of the fifth model includes the sixth perception result.

在一种可能的实现中,可以将第一信道报告中携带的信息和第三信道报告中携带的信息拼接在一起,作为第五模型的输入。类似于图10A示意的设计,如果来自第二网元的第一信道报告中包括第一参考信号的测量结果和第一信道信息,来自第四网元的第三信道报告包括中包括第三参考信号的测量结果,则可以将第一参考信号的测量结果、第一信道信息和第三参考信号的测量结果拼接在一起输入第五模型,第五模型的输出为第六感知结果。In one possible implementation, the information carried in the first channel report and the information carried in the third channel report can be spliced together and used as input to the fifth model. Similar to the design illustrated in FIG10A , if the first channel report from the second network element includes the measurement result of the first reference signal and the first channel information, and the third channel report from the fourth network element includes the measurement result of the third reference signal, the measurement result of the first reference signal, the first channel information, and the measurement result of the third reference signal can be spliced together and input to the fifth model, and the output of the fifth model is the sixth perception result.

以图3中的(c)示意的无线感知场景为例,第二网元和第四网元均可以是UE,为便于区分如下将第二网元记作UE1,第四网元记作UE2,第一网元可以是例如SMF、或者AMF等核心网设备。假设基站向UE1发送的PRS对应的SINR大于或等于10dB,基站向UE2发送的PRS对应的SINR小于20dB,则核心网设备接收到的第一信道报告中包括PRS对应的SINR(记作UE1-SINR)以及第一信道信息(记作UE1-H),以及核心网设备接收到的第三信道报告中包括PRS对应的SINR,记作UE2-SINR。基于此,第五模型的输入包括UE1-SINR、UE1-H以及UE2-SINR拼接后的信息,假设无线感知的目标对象包括行人,则第五模型输出的第六感知结果指示目标对象为行人,或者第六感知结果指示行人的状态,例如静止、行走、跑步或者摔倒等。Taking the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (c) of Figure 3 as an example, the second network element and the fourth network element can both be UEs. For ease of distinction, the second network element is denoted as UE1 and the fourth network element is denoted as UE2. The first network element can be a core network device such as an SMF or AMF. Assuming that the SINR corresponding to the PRS sent by the base station to UE1 is greater than or equal to 10dB, and the SINR corresponding to the PRS sent by the base station to UE2 is less than 20dB, the first channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the PRS (denoted as UE1-SINR) and the first channel information (denoted as UE1-H), and the third channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the PRS, denoted as UE2-SINR. Based on this, the input of the fifth model includes the concatenated information of UE1-SINR, UE1-H and UE2-SINR. Assuming that the target object of wireless sensing includes a pedestrian, the sixth sensing result output by the fifth model indicates that the target object is a pedestrian, or the sixth sensing result indicates the state of the pedestrian, such as stationary, walking, running or falling.

在另一种可能的实现中,可以将第一信道报告中携带的信息和第三信道报告中携带的信息进行统一的预处理后,输入第五模型。类似于图10B示意的设计,将来自第二网元的第一信道报告中包括第一参考信号的测量结果进行预处理得到第一预处理信息,将来自第四网元的第三信道报告包括中包括第三参考信号的测量结果和第三信道信息进行预处理得到第三预处理信息,进而将第一预处理信息和第三预处理信息输入第五模型,第五模型的输出为第六感知结果。可选的,前述对信息的预处理可以是基于AI的预处理方式,也可以是非AI的信息预处理方式,本申请实施例对此不予限制。In another possible implementation, the information carried in the first channel report and the information carried in the third channel report can be uniformly preprocessed and then input into the fifth model. Similar to the design shown in Figure 10B, the measurement result of the first reference signal included in the first channel report from the second network element is preprocessed to obtain first preprocessed information, and the measurement result of the third reference signal and the third channel information included in the third channel report from the fourth network element are preprocessed to obtain third preprocessed information, and then the first preprocessed information and the third preprocessed information are input into the fifth model, and the output of the fifth model is the sixth perception result. Optionally, the aforementioned preprocessing of the information can be an AI-based preprocessing method or a non-AI information preprocessing method, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

以图3中的(d)示意的无线感知场景为例,第二网元和第四网元均可以是基站,为便于区分如下将第二网元记作基站1,第四网元记作基站2,第一网元可以是例如SMF、或者AMF等核心网设备。假设UE向基站1发送的SRS对应的SINR大于或等于10dB,以及UE向基站2发送的SRS对应的SINR小于20dB,则核心网设备接收来自基站1的第一信道报告中包括SRS对应的SINR(记作TRP1-SINR),以及核心网设备接收来自基站2的第三信道报告中包括SRS对应的SINR(记作TRP3-SINR)以及第三信道信息(记作TRP3-H)。基于此,核心网设备可以对TRP1-SINR进行预处理得到第一预处理信息,以及对TRP3-SINR和TRP3-H进行预处理得到第三预处理信息;进而将第一预处理信息和第三预处理信息输入第五模型,假设无线感知的目标对象包括无人机,则第五模型输出的第六感知结果指示目标对象为无人机,或者第五感知结果指示无人机的状态,例如静止或者飞行等,或者第六感知结果指示基站和UE之间的无人机的飞行参数,例如飞行速度或者飞行高度等。Taking the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (d) of Figure 3 as an example, the second network element and the fourth network element can both be base stations. For ease of distinction, the second network element is denoted as base station 1, the fourth network element is denoted as base station 2, and the first network element can be a core network device such as SMF or AMF. Assuming that the SINR corresponding to the SRS sent by the UE to base station 1 is greater than or equal to 10dB, and the SINR corresponding to the SRS sent by the UE to base station 2 is less than 20dB, the core network device receives the first channel report from base station 1 including the SINR corresponding to the SRS (denoted as TRP1-SINR), and the core network device receives the third channel report from base station 2 including the SINR corresponding to the SRS (denoted as TRP3-SINR) and the third channel information (denoted as TRP3-H). Based on this, the core network device can preprocess TRP1-SINR to obtain first preprocessing information, and preprocess TRP3-SINR and TRP3-H to obtain third preprocessing information; and then input the first preprocessing information and the third preprocessing information into the fifth model. Assuming that the target object of wireless perception includes a drone, the sixth perception result output by the fifth model indicates that the target object is a drone, or the fifth perception result indicates the state of the drone, such as stationary or flying, or the sixth perception result indicates the flight parameters of the drone between the base station and the UE, such as flight speed or flight altitude.

S1304,第一网元根据所述第一信道报告和第二模型,确定第二感知结果。S1304: The first network element determines a second perception result according to the first channel report and the second model.

该步骤可参照S803中的描述实施,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。This step can be implemented with reference to the description in S803, and will not be described in detail in this embodiment of the present application.

S1305,第一网元根据所述第三信道报告和第六模型,确定第七感知结果。S1305: The first network element determines a seventh perception result based on the third channel report and the sixth model.

其中,所述第六模型的输入是基于所述第三信道报告确定的,所述第六模型的输出包括所述第七感知结果。The input of the sixth model is determined based on the third channel report, and the output of the sixth model includes the seventh perception result.

类似于图3中的(c)示意的无线感知场景中第二网元的第一信道报告,第四网元可以是UE,第一网元可以是例如SMF、或者AMF等核心网设备。在基站向UE发送的PRS对应的SINR大于或等于20dB的情况下,核心网设备接收到的第三信道报告中包括PRS对应的SINR以及第三信道信息,核心网设备将PRS对应的SINR以及第三信道信息输入到第六模型;在基站向UE发送的PRS对应的SINR小于20dB的情况下,核心网设备接收到的第三信道报告中包括PRS对应的SINR,核心网设备将PRS对应的SINR输入到第六模型;在这两种情况中,假设无线感知的目标对象包括行人,则第六模型输出的第七感知结果指示目标对象为行人,或者第七感知结果指示行人的状态,例如静止、行走、跑步或者摔倒等。Similar to the first channel report of the second network element in the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (c) of Figure 3, the fourth network element may be a UE, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or an AMF. When the SINR corresponding to the PRS sent by the base station to the UE is greater than or equal to 20 dB, the third channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the PRS and the third channel information, and the core network device inputs the SINR corresponding to the PRS and the third channel information into the sixth model; when the SINR corresponding to the PRS sent by the base station to the UE is less than 20 dB, the third channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the PRS, and the core network device inputs the SINR corresponding to the PRS into the sixth model; in these two cases, assuming that the target object of the wireless sensing includes a pedestrian, the seventh sensing result output by the sixth model indicates that the target object is a pedestrian, or the seventh sensing result indicates the state of the pedestrian, such as stationary, walking, running, or falling.

类似于图3中的(d)示意的无线感知场景中第二网元的第一信道报告,第四网元可以是基站,第一网元可以是例如SMF、或者AMF等核心网设备。在UE向基站发送的SRS对应的SINR大于或等于20dB的情况下,核心网设备接收到的第三信道报告中包括SRS对应的SINR以及第三信道信息,核心网设备将SRS对应的SINR以及第三信道信息输入到第六模型;在UE向基站发送的SRS对应的SINR小于20dB的情况下,核心网设备接收到的第三信道报告中包括SRS对应的SINR,核心网设备将SRS对应的SINR输入到第六模型;在这两种情况中,假设无线感知的目标对象包括无人机,则第六模型输出的第七感知结果指示目标对象为无人机,或者第七感知结果指示无人机的状态,例如静止或者飞行等,或者第七感知结果指示基站和UE之间的无人机的飞行参数,例如飞行速度或者飞行高度等。Similar to the first channel report of the second network element in the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (d) of Figure 3, the fourth network element may be a base station, and the first network element may be a core network device such as an SMF or an AMF. When the SINR corresponding to the SRS sent by the UE to the base station is greater than or equal to 20 dB, the third channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the SRS and the third channel information, and the core network device inputs the SINR corresponding to the SRS and the third channel information into the sixth model; when the SINR corresponding to the SRS sent by the UE to the base station is less than 20 dB, the third channel report received by the core network device includes the SINR corresponding to the SRS, and the core network device inputs the SINR corresponding to the SRS into the sixth model; in these two cases, assuming that the target object of the wireless sensing includes a drone, the seventh sensing result output by the sixth model indicates that the target object is a drone, or the seventh sensing result indicates the state of the drone, such as stationary or flying, or the seventh sensing result indicates the flight parameters of the drone between the base station and the UE, such as flight speed or flight altitude.

类似于图3中的(f)示意的无线感知场景中第二网元的第一信道报告,第四网元可以是第二UE,第一网元可以是基站。在第二UE向第二UE发送的SL-PRS对应的SINR大于或等于20dB的情况下,基站接收到的第三信道报告中包括SL-PRS对应的SINR以及第三信道信息,基站将SL-PRS对应的SINR以及第三信道信息输入到第六模型;在第二UE向第二UE发送的SL-PRS对应的SINR小于20dB的情况下,基站接收到的第三信道报告中包括SL-PRS对应的SINR,基站将SL-PRS对应的SINR输入到第六模型;在这两种情况中,假设无线感知的目标对象包括车辆,则第六模型输出的第七感知结果指示目标对象为车辆,或者第七感知结果指示车辆的状态,例如静止或者移动等,或者第七感知结果指示车辆的行驶参数,例如行驶速度或者行驶路线等。Similar to the first channel report of the second network element in the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (f) of Figure 3, the fourth network element may be the second UE, and the first network element may be the base station. When the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS sent by the second UE to the second UE is greater than or equal to 20dB, the third channel report received by the base station includes the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS and the third channel information, and the base station inputs the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS and the third channel information into the sixth model; when the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS sent by the second UE to the second UE is less than 20dB, the third channel report received by the base station includes the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS, and the base station inputs the SINR corresponding to the SL-PRS into the sixth model; in these two cases, assuming that the target object of the wireless sensing includes a vehicle, the seventh sensing result output by the sixth model indicates that the target object is a vehicle, or the seventh sensing result indicates the state of the vehicle, such as stationary or moving, or the seventh sensing result indicates the driving parameters of the vehicle, such as driving speed or driving route, etc.

S1306,第一网元将所述第二感知结果和所述第七感知结果进行融合,得到第八感知结果。S1306: The first network element fuses the second perception result and the seventh perception result to obtain an eighth perception result.

例如在S1305描述的图3中的(c)示意的无线感知场景中,第二感知结果指示目标对象为行人,第七感知结果指示行人的状态为摔倒,则融合第二感知结果和第七感知结果得到的第七感知结果指示检测到行人摔倒。For example, in the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (c) of Figure 3 described in S1305, the second perception result indicates that the target object is a pedestrian, and the seventh perception result indicates that the pedestrian is in a fallen state. Then the seventh perception result obtained by fusing the second perception result and the seventh perception result indicates that a pedestrian is detected to have fallen.

例如在S1305描述的图3中的(d)示意的无线感知场景中,第二感知结果指示目标对象为无人机,第七感知结果也指示无人机,则融合第二感知结果和第七感知结果得到的第七感知结果指示检测到无人机。For example, in the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (d) of Figure 3 described in S1305, the second perception result indicates that the target object is a drone, and the seventh perception result also indicates a drone. The seventh perception result obtained by fusing the second perception result and the seventh perception result indicates that a drone is detected.

又如在S1305描述的图3中的(f)示意的无线感知场景中,第二感知结果指示目标对象为车辆,第七感知结果也指示车辆的行驶速度,则融合第二感知结果和第七感知结果得到的第七感知结果指示检测到车辆按照某个行驶速度行驶中。For example, in the wireless sensing scenario illustrated in (f) in Figure 3 described in S1305, the second perception result indicates that the target object is a vehicle, and the seventh perception result also indicates the vehicle's driving speed. The seventh perception result obtained by fusing the second perception result and the seventh perception result indicates that the vehicle is detected traveling at a certain speed.

类似于图10C示意的设计,将来自第二网元的第一信道报告中包括第一参考信号的测量结果输入第二模型得到第二感知结果,将来自第四网元的第三信道报告包括中包括第三参考信号的测量结果和第三信道信息输入第五模型得到第六感知结果;进而将第二感知结果和第六感知结果进行融合,即可得到第七感知结果。可选的,前述对感知结果的融合可以是基于AI的预处理方式,也可以是非AI的信息预处理方式,本申请实施例对此不予限制。Similar to the design illustrated in FIG10C , the measurement result of the first reference signal included in the first channel report from the second network element is input into the second model to obtain a second perception result, and the measurement result of the third reference signal and the third channel information included in the third channel report from the fourth network element are input into the fifth model to obtain a sixth perception result. The second perception result and the sixth perception result are then fused to obtain a seventh perception result. Optionally, the aforementioned fusion of the perception results may be performed using either an AI-based preprocessing method or a non-AI information preprocessing method, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

图13中示意的方案以两个信道测量网元为例,描述了信息处理网元利用AI技术联合处理两个信道测量网元的信道报告的方案。在其他通信场景中,还可以利用AI技术联合处理两个以上信道测量网元的信道报告,例如在图6A示意的上行定位场景中,信道测量网元是基站1、基站2或基站3,信息处理网元为LMF。类似于图13示意的方案,LMF可以向基站1~3分别配置信道测量的条件,且不同基站对应的条件可以相同或者不相同;进而,基站1、基站2、基站3分别对终端设备发送的参考信号(如SRS)进行测量,并根据各自对应的条件确定信道报告,例如基站1在信号测量结果不满足对应的条件时,在信道报告中仅包括信号测量结果;基站2在信号测量结果满足对应的条件时,在信道报告中包括信号测量结果以及基于参考信号估计的信道信息,基站3在信号测量结果满足对应的条件时,在信道报告中包括信号测量结果以及基于参考信号估计的信道信息。进一步地,LMF可以利用AI技术联合处理基站1~3上报的信道报告,例如按照S1303描述的方式,LMF可以根据基站1上报的信道报告、基站2上报的信道报告、基站3上报的信道报告和AI模型,确定对应的感知结果,即终端设备的位置信息。The solution illustrated in FIG13 takes two channel measurement network elements as an example, and describes a solution in which the information processing network element uses AI technology to jointly process the channel reports of the two channel measurement network elements. In other communication scenarios, AI technology can also be used to jointly process the channel reports of more than two channel measurement network elements. For example, in the uplink positioning scenario illustrated in FIG6A, the channel measurement network element is base station 1, base station 2, or base station 3, and the information processing network element is LMF. Similar to the solution illustrated in FIG13, LMF can configure channel measurement conditions for base stations 1 to 3 respectively, and the conditions corresponding to different base stations can be the same or different; furthermore, base station 1, base station 2, and base station 3 respectively measure the reference signal (such as SRS) sent by the terminal device and determine the channel report according to their respective corresponding conditions. For example, when the signal measurement result of base station 1 does not meet the corresponding condition, only the signal measurement result is included in the channel report; when the signal measurement result of base station 2 meets the corresponding condition, the signal measurement result and the channel information estimated based on the reference signal are included in the channel report; when the signal measurement result of base station 3 meets the corresponding condition, the signal measurement result and the channel information estimated based on the reference signal are included in the channel report. Furthermore, LMF can use AI technology to jointly process the channel reports reported by base stations 1 to 3. For example, according to the method described in S1303, LMF can determine the corresponding perception results, that is, the location information of the terminal device, based on the channel report reported by base station 1, the channel report reported by base station 2, the channel report reported by base station 3 and the AI model.

上述实施例中,针对多个信道测量网元分别指示信道测量对应的条件,控制减少多个信道测量网元发送信道报告的数据量,能够减少传输资源的浪费。In the above embodiment, the conditions corresponding to the channel measurements are respectively indicated to the multiple channel measurement network elements, and the amount of data of the channel reports sent by the multiple channel measurement network elements is controlled to be reduced, thereby reducing the waste of transmission resources.

此外在一种可能的实现中,上述图12和图13所描述的方案也可以结合在一起实施,例如第一网元可以对来自第二网元的信道报告、第三网元的图像信息以及第四网元的信道报告进行联合分析,得到对应的感知结果。本申请实施例对此不予限制。Furthermore, in one possible implementation, the solutions described in FIG. 12 and FIG. 13 may be implemented in combination. For example, the first network element may jointly analyze the channel report from the second network element, the image information from the third network element, and the channel report from the fourth network element to obtain a corresponding perception result. This embodiment of the present application is not limited in this regard.

基于同一构思,参见图14,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置1400,该通信装置1400包括处理模块1401和通信模块1402。该通信装置1400可以是第一网元,也可以是应用于第一网元或者和第一网元匹配使用,能够实现第一网元侧执行的通信方法的通信装置;或者,该通信装置1400可以是第二网元,也可以是应用于第二网元或者和第二网元匹配使用,能够实现第二网元侧执行的通信方法的通信装置;或者,该通信装置1400可以是第三网元,也可以是应用于第三网元或者和第三网元匹配使用,能够实现第三网元侧执行的通信方法的通信装置;或者,该通信装置1400可以是第四网元,也可以是应用于第四网元或者和第四网元匹配使用,能够实现第四网元侧执行的通信方法的通信装置。Based on the same concept, referring to FIG14 , an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 1400, which includes a processing module 1401 and a communication module 1402. The communication device 1400 may be a first network element, or a communication device applied to or used in conjunction with the first network element, capable of implementing a communication method executed on the first network element side; or the communication device 1400 may be a second network element, or a communication device applied to or used in conjunction with the second network element, capable of implementing a communication method executed on the second network element side; or the communication device 1400 may be a third network element, or a communication device applied to or used in conjunction with the third network element, capable of implementing a communication method executed on the third network element side; or the communication device 1400 may be a fourth network element, or a communication device applied to or used in conjunction with the fourth network element, capable of implementing a communication method executed on the fourth network element side.

其中,通信模块也可以称为收发模块、收发器、收发机、或收发装置等。处理模块也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理单元、或处理装置等。可选的,通信模块用于执行上述方法中LMF侧或第一设备侧的发送操作和接收操作,可以将通信模块中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将通信模块中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即通信模块包括接收单元和发送单元。The communication module may also be referred to as a transceiver module, transceiver, transceiver, or transceiver device. The processing module may also be referred to as a processor, processing board, processing unit, or processing device. Optionally, the communication module is used to perform the sending and receiving operations on the LMF side or the first device side in the above method. The device in the communication module that implements the receiving function may be considered a receiving unit, and the device in the communication module that implements the sending function may be considered a sending unit. That is, the communication module includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.

该通信装置1400应用于第一网元时,处理模块1401可用于实现图7~图9、图11~图13所示实施例中任意一个实施例中所述第一网元的处理功能,通信模块1402可用于实现图7~图9、图11~图13所示实施例中任意一个实施例中所述第一网元的收发功能。该通信装置1400应用于第二网元时,处理模块1401可用于实现图7至图9、图12或图13所示实施例中所述第二网元的处理功能,通信模块1402可用于实现图7至图9、图12或图13所述实施例中所述第二网元的收发功能。该通信装置1400应用于第三网元时,处理模块1401可用于实现图11或图12所示实施例中所述第三网元的处理功能,通信模块1402可用于实现图11或图12所述实施例中所述第三网元的收发功能。When the communication device 1400 is applied to a first network element, the processing module 1401 may be used to implement the processing functions of the first network element in any of the embodiments shown in Figures 7 to 9 and 11 to 13, and the communication module 1402 may be used to implement the transceiver functions of the first network element in any of the embodiments shown in Figures 7 to 9 and 11 to 13. When the communication device 1400 is applied to a second network element, the processing module 1401 may be used to implement the processing functions of the second network element in the embodiments shown in Figures 7 to 9, 12, or 13, and the communication module 1402 may be used to implement the transceiver functions of the second network element in the embodiments shown in Figures 7 to 9, 12, or 13. When the communication device 1400 is applied to a third network element, the processing module 1401 may be used to implement the processing functions of the third network element in the embodiments shown in Figures 11 or 12, and the communication module 1402 may be used to implement the transceiver functions of the third network element in the embodiments shown in Figures 11 or 12.

此外需要说明的是,前述通信模块和/或处理模块可通过虚拟模块实现,例如处理模块可通过软件功能单元或虚拟装置实现,通信模块可以通过软件功能或虚拟装置实现。或者,处理模块或通信模块也可以通过实体装置实现,例如若该装置采用芯片/芯片电路实现,所述通信模块可以是输入输出电路和/或通信接口,执行输入操作(对应前述接收操作)、输出操作(对应前述发送操作);处理模块为集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。In addition, it should be noted that the aforementioned communication module and/or processing module can be implemented through virtual modules, for example, the processing module can be implemented through a software functional unit or a virtual device, and the communication module can be implemented through a software function or a virtual device. Alternatively, the processing module or the communication module can also be implemented through a physical device, for example, if the device is implemented using a chip/chip circuit, the communication module can be an input/output circuit and/or a communication interface, performing input operations (corresponding to the aforementioned receiving operations) and output operations (corresponding to the aforementioned sending operations); the processing module is an integrated processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit.

本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,另外,在本申请实施例各个实施例中的各功能模块可以集成在一个处理器中,也可以是单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上模块集成在一个模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。The division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative and is merely a logical functional division. In actual implementation, other division methods may be used. Furthermore, the functional modules in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into a single processor, or may exist physically separately, or two or more modules may be integrated into a single module. The aforementioned integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules.

基于相同的技术构思,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置1500。例如,该通信装置1500可以是芯片或者芯片系统。可选的,在本申请实施例中芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。Based on the same technical concept, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1500. For example, the communication device 1500 can be a chip or a chip system. Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the chip system can be composed of a chip, or can include a chip and other discrete devices.

通信装置1500可用于实现前述实施例描述的通信系统中任一网元的功能。通信装置1500可以包括至少一个处理器1510,该处理器1510与存储器耦合,可选的,存储器可以位于该装置之内,存储器可以和处理器集成在一起,存储器也可以位于该装置之外。例如,通信装置1500还可以包括至少一个存储器1520。存储器1520保存实施上述任一实施例中必要计算机程序、计算机程序或指令和/或数据;处理器1510可能执行存储器1520中存储的计算机程序,完成上述任一实施例中的方法。The communication device 1500 can be used to implement the functions of any network element in the communication system described in the aforementioned embodiments. The communication device 1500 may include at least one processor 1510, which is coupled to a memory. Optionally, the memory may be located within the device, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be located outside the device. For example, the communication device 1500 may also include at least one memory 1520. The memory 1520 stores the necessary computer programs, computer programs or instructions and/or data for implementing any of the aforementioned embodiments; the processor 1510 may execute the computer program stored in the memory 1520 to complete the method in any of the aforementioned embodiments.

通信装置1500中还可以包括通信接口1530,通信装置1500可以通过通信接口1530和其它设备进行信息交互。示例性的,所述通信接口1530可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块、管脚或其它类型的通信接口。当该通信装置1500为芯片类的装置或者电路时,该装置1500中的通信接口1530也可以是输入输出电路,可以输入信息(或称,接收信息)和输出信息(或称,发送信息),处理器为集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路或则逻辑电路,处理器可以根据输入信息确定输出信息。The communication device 1500 may also include a communication interface 1530, through which the communication device 1500 can exchange information with other devices. Exemplarily, the communication interface 1530 may be a transceiver, circuit, bus, module, pin, or other type of communication interface. When the communication device 1500 is a chip-type device or circuit, the communication interface 1530 in the device 1500 may also be an input-output circuit that can input information (or receive information) and output information (or send information). The processor is an integrated processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit or logic circuit, and the processor can determine output information based on input information.

本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1510可能和存储器1520、通信接口1530协同操作。本申请实施例中不限定上述处理器1510、存储器1520以及通信接口1530之间的具体连接介质。The coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units, or modules, which can be electrical, mechanical, or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units, or modules. The processor 1510 may operate in conjunction with the memory 1520 and the communication interface 1530. The specific connection medium between the processor 1510, memory 1520, and communication interface 1530 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

可选的,参见图15,所述处理器1510、所述存储器1520以及所述通信接口1530之间通过总线1540相互连接。所述总线1540可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture,EISA)总线等。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图15中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。Optionally, referring to FIG. 15 , the processor 1510, the memory 1520, and the communication interface 1530 are interconnected via a bus 1540. The bus 1540 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus. The bus may be classified as an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, or the like. For ease of illustration, FIG. 15 shows only one thick line, but this does not imply that there is only one bus or only one type of bus.

在本申请实施例中,处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In the embodiments of the present application, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, and may implement or execute the methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor. The steps of the methods disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented as being executed by a hardware processor, or may be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.

在本申请实施例中,存储器可以是非易失性存储器,比如硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等,还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM)。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。In the embodiments of the present application, the memory may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), or a volatile memory (volatile memory), such as a random-access memory (RAM). The memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory in the embodiments of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device that can implement a storage function, for storing program instructions and/or data.

在一种可能的实施方式中,该通信装置1500可以应用于第一网元,具体通信装置1500可以是第一网元,也可以是能够支持第一网元,实现上述涉及的任一实施例中第一网元的功能的装置。存储器1520保存实现上述任一实施例中的第一网元的功能的计算机程序(或指令)和/或数据。处理器1510可执行存储器1520存储的计算机程序,完成上述任一实施例中第一网元执行的方法。应用于第一网元,该通信装置1500中的通信接口可用于与第二网元、第三网元或者第四网元进行交互,例如向第二网元或者第三网元发送信息,或者接收来自第二网元、第三网元或者第四网元的信息。In one possible implementation, the communication device 1500 can be applied to a first network element. Specifically, the communication device 1500 can be the first network element, or it can be a device that can support the first network element and implement the functions of the first network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments. The memory 1520 stores computer programs (or instructions) and/or data that implement the functions of the first network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments. The processor 1510 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 1520 to complete the method executed by the first network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments. Applied to the first network element, the communication interface in the communication device 1500 can be used to interact with the second network element, the third network element or the fourth network element, for example, to send information to the second network element or the third network element, or to receive information from the second network element, the third network element or the fourth network element.

在一种可能的实施方式中,该通信装置1500可以应用于第二网元,具体通信装置1500可以是第二网元,也可以是能够支持第二网元,实现上述涉及的任一实施例中第二网元的功能的装置。存储器1520保存实现上述任一实施例中的第二网元的功能的计算机程序(或指令)和/或数据。处理器1510可执行存储器1520存储的计算机程序,完成上述任一实施例中第二网元执行的方法。应用于第二网元,该通信装置1500中的通信接口可用于与第一网元进行交互,例如向第一网元发送信息或者接收来自第一网元的信息。In one possible implementation, the communication device 1500 can be applied to a second network element. Specifically, the communication device 1500 can be a second network element, or a device that can support the second network element and implement the functions of the second network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments. The memory 1520 stores computer programs (or instructions) and/or data that implement the functions of the second network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments. The processor 1510 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 1520 to complete the method executed by the second network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments. Applied to the second network element, the communication interface in the communication device 1500 can be used to interact with the first network element, such as sending information to the first network element or receiving information from the first network element.

在一种可能的实施方式中,该通信装置1500可以应用于第三网元,具体通信装置1500可以是第三网元,也可以是能够支持第三网元,实现上述涉及的任一实施例中第三网元的功能的装置。存储器1520保存实现上述任一实施例中的第三网元的功能的计算机程序(或指令)和/或数据。处理器1510可执行存储器1520存储的计算机程序,完成上述任一实施例中第三网元执行的方法。应用于第三网元,该通信装置1500中的通信接口可用于与第一网元进行交互,例如向第一网元发送信息或者接收来自第一网元的信息。In one possible implementation, the communication device 1500 can be applied to a third network element. Specifically, the communication device 1500 can be a third network element, or a device that can support the third network element and implement the functions of the third network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments. The memory 1520 stores computer programs (or instructions) and/or data that implement the functions of the third network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments. The processor 1510 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 1520 to complete the method executed by the third network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments. Applied to the third network element, the communication interface in the communication device 1500 can be used to interact with the first network element, such as sending information to the first network element or receiving information from the first network element.

在一种可能的实施方式中,该通信装置1500可以应用于第四网元,具体通信装置1500可以是第四网元,也可以是能够支持第四网元,实现上述涉及的任一实施例中第四网元的功能的装置。存储器1520保存实现上述任一实施例中的第四网元的功能的计算机程序(或指令)和/或数据。处理器1510可执行存储器1520存储的计算机程序,完成上述任一实施例中第四网元执行的方法。应用于第四网元,该通信装置1500中的通信接口可用于与第一网元进行交互,例如向第一网元发送信息或者接收来自第一网元的信息。In one possible implementation, the communication device 1500 can be applied to a fourth network element. Specifically, the communication device 1500 can be a fourth network element, or a device that can support the fourth network element and implement the functions of the fourth network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments. The memory 1520 stores computer programs (or instructions) and/or data that implement the functions of the fourth network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments. The processor 1510 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 1520 to complete the method executed by the fourth network element in any of the above-mentioned embodiments. Applied to the fourth network element, the communication interface in the communication device 1500 can be used to interact with the first network element, such as sending information to the first network element or receiving information from the first network element.

由于本实施例提供的通信装置1500可应用于第一网元、第二网元、第三网元或者第四网元,完成上述第一网元、第二网元、第三网元或者第四网元执行的方法。因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法示例,在此不再赘述。Since the communication device 1500 provided in this embodiment can be applied to the first network element, the second network element, the third network element, or the fourth network element to perform the method performed by the first network element, the second network element, the third network element, or the fourth network element, the technical effects that can be achieved can be referred to the above method examples and will not be repeated here.

基于以上实施例,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,包括第一网元和第二网元。可选的,还包括第三网元和/或第四网元。其中,所述第一网元和第二网元可以实现图7至图9所示的实施例中所提供的通信方法,所述第一网元、第二网元和第三网元可以实现图12所示的实施例中所提供的通信方法,所述第一网元、第二网元和第三网元可以实现图13所示的实施例中所提供的通信方法。Based on the above embodiments, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including a first network element and a second network element. Optionally, a third network element and/or a fourth network element are further included. The first network element and the second network element can implement the communication method provided in the embodiments shown in Figures 7 to 9, the first network element, the second network element, and the third network element can implement the communication method provided in the embodiment shown in Figure 12, and the first network element, the second network element, and the third network element can implement the communication method provided in the embodiment shown in Figure 13.

本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、LMF、终端设备、小区节点、核心网网元或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机可以存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质等。The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in whole or in part through software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, they can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a LMF, a terminal device, a cell node, a core network element, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another. For example, the computer instructions can be transmitted from one website, computer, server, or data center to another website, computer, server, or data center via wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that includes one or more available media integrated therein. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (e.g., a digital video disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium, etc.

在本申请实施例中,在无逻辑矛盾的前提下,各实施例之间可以相互引用,例如方法实施例之间的方法和/或术语可以相互引用,例如装置实施例之间的功能和/或术语可以相互引用,例如装置实施例和方法实施例之间的功能和/或术语可以相互引用。In the embodiments of the present application, under the premise that there is no logical contradiction, the embodiments may reference each other, for example, the methods and/or terms between method embodiments may reference each other, for example, the functions and/or terms between device embodiments may reference each other, for example, the functions and/or terms between device embodiments and method embodiments may reference each other.

显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请实施例的范围。这样,倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请实施例权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请实施例也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art may make various changes and modifications to the embodiments of the present application without departing from the scope of the embodiments of the present application. Thus, if these modifications and variations of the embodiments of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the embodiments of the present application and their equivalents, the embodiments of the present application are intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (15)

一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第二网元,包括:A communication method, characterized by being applied to a second network element, comprising: 向第一网元发送M个信道报告;其中,所述M个信道报告中第m个信道报告是所述第二网元基于对M个参考信号中第m个参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果确定的,所述M为正整数,所述m依次取遍1至M的正整数;Sending M channel reports to the first network element; wherein the mth channel report among the M channel reports is determined by the second network element based on a first measurement result obtained by measuring the mth reference signal among the M reference signals, where M is a positive integer and m is a positive integer ranging from 1 to M in sequence; 在所述第一测量结果满足所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件时,所述第m个信道报告包括以下中的一项或多项:When the first measurement result satisfies a first condition corresponding to the m-th reference signal, the m-th channel report includes one or more of the following: 对所述第m个参考信号测量得到的所述第一测量结果;the first measurement result obtained by measuring the m-th reference signal; 对所述第m个参考信号测量得到的第二测量结果;a second measurement result obtained by measuring the m-th reference signal; 基于所述第m个参考信号获得的信道信息;Channel information obtained based on the mth reference signal; 或者,在所述第一测量结果不满足所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件时,所述第m个信道报告包括所述第一测量结果或所述第二测量结果。Alternatively, when the first measurement result does not meet the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes the first measurement result or the second measurement result. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising: 接收来自所述第一网元的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件。First information is received from the first network element, where the first information is used to indicate a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第三网元,包括:A communication method, characterized by being applied to a third network element, comprising: 接收来自第一网元的第二信息,所述第二信息指示第二条件;receiving second information from the first network element, where the second information indicates a second condition; 在所述第三网元采集的图像信息满足所述第二条件时,向所述第一网元发送所述图像信息。When the image information collected by the third network element meets the second condition, the image information is sent to the first network element. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第一网元,包括:A communication method, characterized by being applied to a first network element, comprising: 接收来自第二网元的M个信道报告;其中,所述M个信道报告中第m个信道报告是所述第二网元基于对M个参考信号中第m个参考信号测量得到的第一测量结果确定的,所述M为正整数,所述m依次取遍1至M的正整数;receiving M channel reports from a second network element; wherein an mth channel report among the M channel reports is determined by the second network element based on a first measurement result obtained by measuring an mth reference signal among the M reference signals, where M is a positive integer and m is a positive integer ranging from 1 to M in sequence; 在所述第一测量结果满足所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件时,所述第m个信道报告包括以下中的一项或多项:When the first measurement result satisfies a first condition corresponding to the m-th reference signal, the m-th channel report includes one or more of the following: 对所述第m个参考信号测量得到的所述第一测量结果;the first measurement result obtained by measuring the m-th reference signal; 对所述第m个参考信号测量得到的第二测量结果;a second measurement result obtained by measuring the m-th reference signal; 基于所述第m个参考信号获得的信道信息;Channel information obtained based on the mth reference signal; 或者,在所述第一测量结果不满足所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件时,所述第m个信道报告包括所述第一测量结果或所述第二测量结果。Alternatively, when the first measurement result does not meet the first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal, the mth channel report includes the first measurement result or the second measurement result. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 4, further comprising: 向所述第二网元发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第m个参考信号对应的第一条件。Sending first information to the second network element, where the first information is used to indicate a first condition corresponding to the mth reference signal. 如权利要求4或5所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 4 or 5, further comprising: 根据所述M个信道报告和第一模型,确定第一感知结果;其中,所述第一模型的输入是基于所述M个信道报告确定的,所述第一模型的输出包括所述第一感知结果。A first perception result is determined based on the M channel reports and a first model; wherein an input of the first model is determined based on the M channel reports, and an output of the first model includes the first perception result. 如权利要求4或5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述M个信道报告包括第一信道报告和第二信道报告;所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the M channel reports include a first channel report and a second channel report; the method further comprising: 根据所述第一信道报告和第二模型,确定第二感知结果;其中,所述第二模型的输入是基于所述第一信道报告确定的,所述第二模型的输出包括所述第二感知结果;Determining a second perception result based on the first channel report and a second model; wherein an input of the second model is determined based on the first channel report, and an output of the second model includes the second perception result; 根据所述第二信道报告和第三模型,确定第三感知结果;其中,所述第三模型的输入是基于所述第二信道报告确定的,所述第三模型的输出包括所述第三感知结果;Determining a third perception result based on the second channel report and a third model; wherein an input of the third model is determined based on the second channel report, and an output of the third model includes the third perception result; 将所述第二感知结果和所述第三感知结果进行融合,得到第四感知结果。The second perception result and the third perception result are fused to obtain a fourth perception result. 如权利要求4或5所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 4 or 5, further comprising: 向第三网元发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示第二条件;sending second information to the third network element, where the second information indicates a second condition; 接收来自所述第三网元的图像信息,所述图像信息满足所述第二条件。Image information is received from the third network element, where the image information meets the second condition. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 8, further comprising: 根据所述M个信道报告、所述图像信息和第四模型,确定第五感知结果;其中,所述第四模型的输入是基于所述M个信道报告和所述图像信息确定的,所述第四模型的输出包括所述第五感知结果。Determine a fifth perception result based on the M channel reports, the image information and the fourth model; wherein the input of the fourth model is determined based on the M channel reports and the image information, and the output of the fourth model includes the fifth perception result. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1或2所述的方法的模块,或者包括用于执行3所述方法的模块,或者包括用于执行4-9任一项所述方法的模块。A communication device, characterized in that it includes a module for executing the method according to claim 1 or 2, or includes a module for executing the method according to claim 3, or includes a module for executing any one of the methods according to claim 4-9. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising: 处理器,所述处理器和存储器耦合,所述处理器用于调用所述存储器存储的计算机程序指令,以执行如权利要求1或2所述的方法,或执行如权利要求3所述的方法,或执行如权利要求4-9任一项所述的方法。A processor, the processor being coupled to a memory, the processor being configured to call computer program instructions stored in the memory to execute the method according to claim 1 or 2, or the method according to claim 3, or the method according to any one of claims 4 to 9. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1或2所述的方法的通信装置,用于执行如权利要求3所述方法的通信装置,以及包括用于执行如权利要求4-9任一项所述方法的通信装置。A communication system, characterized by comprising a communication device for executing the method according to claim 1 or 2, a communication device for executing the method according to claim 3, and a communication device for executing the method according to any one of claims 4-9. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that instructions are stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括程序指令,当所述程序指令被执行时,如权利要求1或2所述的方法,或如权利要求3所述的方法,或如权利要求4-9任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer program product, characterized in that it includes program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed, the method according to claim 1 or 2, or the method according to claim 3, or the method according to any one of claims 4 to 9 is executed. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器用于读取存储器中存储的计算机程序,以执行如权利要求1或2所述的方法,或如权利要求3所述的方法,或如权利要求4-9任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that it includes a processor, wherein the processor is used to read a computer program stored in a memory to execute the method according to claim 1 or 2, or the method according to claim 3, or the method according to any one of claims 4 to 9.
PCT/CN2025/083439 2024-03-22 2025-03-19 Communication method and apparatus Pending WO2025195407A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202410345974.7 2024-03-22
CN202410345974.7A CN120692586A (en) 2024-03-22 2024-03-22 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025195407A1 true WO2025195407A1 (en) 2025-09-25

Family

ID=97080952

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2025/083439 Pending WO2025195407A1 (en) 2024-03-22 2025-03-19 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN120692586A (en)
WO (1) WO2025195407A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113647137A (en) * 2019-04-12 2021-11-12 索尼集团公司 Control device, wireless communication device, and control method for wireless communication device
CN115244970A (en) * 2022-06-16 2022-10-25 北京小米移动软件有限公司 CSI reporting method, information sending method, apparatus, device and medium
US20240031854A1 (en) * 2022-07-20 2024-01-25 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Electronic device for transmitting measurement report and operation method of electronic device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113647137A (en) * 2019-04-12 2021-11-12 索尼集团公司 Control device, wireless communication device, and control method for wireless communication device
CN115244970A (en) * 2022-06-16 2022-10-25 北京小米移动软件有限公司 CSI reporting method, information sending method, apparatus, device and medium
US20240031854A1 (en) * 2022-07-20 2024-01-25 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Electronic device for transmitting measurement report and operation method of electronic device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN120692586A (en) 2025-09-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN114762402B (en) Positioning method and device
US11012133B2 (en) Efficient data generation for beam pattern optimization
EP4447498A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN114666188A (en) Information generation method and related device
US20240422032A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20250287343A1 (en) Positioning method and apparatus
CN117693021A (en) A beam management method
WO2025195407A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
JP2025529822A (en) Updating machine learning models for positioning
WO2024007309A1 (en) Wireless communication method and communication device
CN119585634A (en) Charging and tracking of passive radio devices
WO2025086292A1 (en) Devices and methods for communication
WO2024193453A1 (en) Positioning method, communication apparatus, and storage medium
WO2024239295A1 (en) Devices, methods, and medium for communication
WO2025152082A1 (en) Capturing sensing rf environmental features
CN119485531A (en) Cell switching method and related device
CN119948970A (en) Method and apparatus in a node for wireless communication
WO2024251143A1 (en) Information interaction method, apparatus, and readable storage medium
WO2025246715A1 (en) Sensing method and corresponding apparatus
JP2025529964A (en) Passive Wireless Device Discovery
CN119968874A (en) Generating environmental depth maps in wireless communication systems
WO2025035357A1 (en) Object detection method, device, and system
WO2025223170A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, storage medium, and computer program product
WO2024032889A1 (en) Positioning anchor selection based on reinforcement learning
CN119586251A (en) Feature selection based on bandwidth and/or scenario

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25773153

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1